Home
        Groundsmaster 7200/7210
         Contents
1.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       a  HOLD  r  R BK  R  a W REAR LIFT OPTION  L  PULL   y 3  w 1 LOWER    svi  R ea 5  PK 44 og        cac g Ng 3   Raise              a  E 105C TEMP SWITCH     py 3  PK pk  5    OR    5 s2  ENGINE OIL PRESSURE eN N8   BARE Bn BN      C SWICH     DPDT  ON OFF ON  v 8 ws 3  GN eps  13     w    svs  ovane w Y ew        BU W a      lt   1150 TEMP SWITCH  amp  8 1  e  amp     i Da GY    3  z   l 3  z   E w w g    l o a   SA 8   s  BK R BK S E EOS g ORS   A sA p  FUEL PUMP  8 21 3 elt va A      3      RAISE RELEASE          PES TAN  2 2 4 30 i s B7 A  SLOW PLUGS  3  OR 5 O O O O o PIS 1   0 8  FLOAT    38 sa  3  PK 5 5 t     o 4h Ig        2     gc 8 Pe oy           a dl 3 3 e Han DPDT ON NONE ON ree  rer  s TEMP Eo q g i    la vio START 1   BK W BK   ak       dio 1X LAMP    s  GLOW       3 Al oR   A ROUNI  Ns 6   GROUND     HOUR METER   BK KUBOTA      GLOW PLUG  CONTROLLER  R  PK 4  B  G e  DN La  y NS SP R BK  FUSIBLE LINK L  d EN     BK     BK  L   KUBOTA STARTER U BK coe TES         BU   80      X          p    K  au w     228   ER reue soo pro cor  e  BN  R F4  2A 2 C IGN  SW   i  RUN  1 C PTO ENGAGE  PK W BK  lt  BY    R BK    MOM s   s  ENGI
2.                                                                                                                               Figure 31    1  Hydraulic tank 3  Gear pump  2  Transmission    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4   47 Hydraulic System    Wheel Motors    99 to 121 ft lb   135 to 164 N   m  14    99 to 121 ft lb   135 to 164 N   m     300 to 400 ft lb   407 to 502 N   m     Loctite  271       Loctite  271    N    e       Figure 32  1  Lock nut 8  Woodruff key 14  Hydraulic hose  2  Lug nut  5 used per wheel  9  O ring 15  Brake caliper  LH shown   3  Wheel assembly 10  Hydraulic fitting 16  Flange nut  4 used per side   4  Wheel hub 11  O ring 17  Cap screw  2 used per side   5  Wheel stud  5 used per wheel  12  Hydraulic fitting 18  Cap screw  2 used per side   6  Socket head screw  4 used per motor  13  Hydraulic hose 19  Brake support  7  Wheel motor  LH shown   Removal  Fig  32  2  Loosen but do not remove lock nut that secures    wheel hub to wheel motor     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section     Before jacking up the machine  review and follow  Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1     Safety        3  Jack up machine enough to allow the removal of the    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck drive wheel  Support machine with jack stands    or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  rem
3.                                                                                                   lt    RIGHT    FRONT                                                                                                                               Figure 37    1  LH wheel motor  2  Hydraulic tank  3  Gear pump    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    4  RH wheel motor  5  8mm threaded boss    Page 4     53    6  Transmission  7  Flywheel housing    Hydraulic System       2         L3   cs   gt    T    10 Remove oil filter from transmission  Discard filter  If  necessary  remove gear pump from transmission  see  Gear Pump Removal in this section      NOTE  Two  2  8 mm eyebolts can be installed into  threaded bosses in top of transmission to allow use of  a lift or hoist to remove transmission  Fig  37      Support transmission assembly when removing  it from the flywheel housing to prevent it from fal   ling and causing personal injury        11  Remove seven  7  cap screws and lock washers that  secure the transmission to the flywheel housing  Note  location of the shorter cap screw for assembly pur   poses     IMPORTANT  Make sure to not damage the trans   mission  flywheel housing  hydraulic lines  electri   cal harness or other parts while removing  transmission     12 Move transmission assembly toward the front of the  machine and away from the flywheel housing and cou   pler on engine flywheel  Lift transmission from machine     13 Locate and note location of two  2  dowel pins from 
4.                                                                                          Inip   Charge Pressure  Test Port          Figure 15    Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       Transmission Piston Pump Flow Test  Using Tester with Pressure Gauges and Flow Me     ter        LIFT CYLINDER                                        GEAR PUMP    Gr EE    y E al    rev                                                                                                                     ol   Fal                                                           4000 PSI  276 bar                          RIGHT SIDE TRACTION       FLUSHING  VALVE    PORT                      4000 PSI  276 bar                 FLUSHING  VALVE    PORT  D                       PISTON  PUMP TESTING  SHOWN       BYPASS  VALVE    OO    HYDRAULIC E    TESTER       N  e  o  E  o  z    dz   d            z   I     de    Hydraulic System       NE    FORWARD  BYPASS    U       il    LH WHEEL      Figure 16  Page 4     28                Groundsmaster 7200 7210    The Transmission Piston Pump Flow Test should be  performed if a traction circuit problem is identified  This  test will determine if hydraulic flow from a transmission  piston pump is correct     Procedure for Transmission Piston Pump Flow  Test        1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature  Also  make sure that traction drive is correctly  adjusted for the neutral position     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  th
5.                                                         c  oz  c o    B      6  5 O cg     E 5 p  2 S s S 8 a 5  5  2 m 5 E Eg E CE O  Z 5 p 2  gj ec sg ele  CE H sse 223  P BE  MACHINE FUNCTION a AH Z ni nb S E E  m u u a  Engine Start  Operator in Seat          O  O  O na    o  Engine Start  No Operator in Seat       OOP O O O ONA    eo  Engine Run  Operator in Seat  O O O O O    O O NA    O O  Engine Run  No Operator in Seat  e O e O O O O O NA e O O  mow 6 000      O O na 6060  High Temperature Warning O O   O NA    O O  High Temperature Shutdown O O    NA O O O  KEY TO CHART     LED ON   Circuit closed to ground    LED ON   Circuit is energized    Q LED OFF   Circuit is open to ground or circuit is de energized    Circuit is not involved with this machine function  LED OFF     NA   Backlap Input is not used on the Groundsmaster 7200 7210    IMPORTANT  During machine operation  if the PTO  shuts down and the console temperature warning  light is illuminated  avoid shutting off the engine   Under this condition  the operator should push the  PTO knob down  slowly drive to a safe flat area   move the throttle lever to the SLOW position  move  the traction control levers into the neutral locked  position and engage the parking brake  The engine  should be allowed to idle for several minutes while  it cools to a safe level  Then  the cooling system  should be checked before returning the machine to  service     Electrical System    Page 5     18    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    
6.                                                 EI    NA UN  WA  VEM                         Figure 14  1  Upper seal 3  Flat washer  2  O ring 4  Lock nut    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 7   13 Cutting Deck    Gearbox       Figure 15  1  Flange nut  3 used  7  Grommet  5 used   2  Washer  3 used  8  Taperlock bushing  3  LH gearbox bracket 9  RH gearbox bracket  4  Mount  3 used  10  Cap screw  4 used   5  Carriage screw  3 used  11  Lock washer  4 used   6  Gearbox 12  Woodruff key    Removal  Fig  15    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Lift the footrest  exposing the top of the cutting deck   Support the footrest with prop rod     3  Remove belt covers from top of cutting deck     4  Remove drive belt from deck pulleys     Cutting Deck Page 7     1    13  Deck drive pulley   14  RH deck cover   15  LH deck cover   16  Knob  2 used    17  Set screw  2 used   18  Retainer nut  2 used     Do not start the engine and engage the PTO  switch when the PTO drive shaft is discon   nected from the cutting deck  or implement   If    the engine is started and the PTO shaft is al   lowed to rotate  serious personal injury and  machine damage could result  If the PTO drive  shaft is disconnected from the cutting deck  or  implement   remove fuse F1  15 amp  from fuse  block to prevent unintentional engagement of  the PTO clutch        4 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    5  D
7.                                                LIFT CYLINDER                                                                                                                            4                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Hydraulic Schematic    All solenoids are _  shown as de   energized     a ERR  La A  A        RELIEF VALVES E n   3 4   16 UNF Por 4000 PSI  276 bar  PB T        Standard Deck Lift  SIRI   i  Summer mode      PORT   E Q  BYPASS   d  VALVE H     J cS  FRONT N  PORT L E LON   j CHARGE PRESSURE  IN     MM TEST PORT OIL  HH   COOLER  3 4   16 UNF  s ME  I8cc rev KONR  EM A a    a                  3 4   16 UNE  p   Li  u   Tag   PRESSURE VALVE              FORWARD  uo   a  LU     Kana PORT  ai   PRESSURE VALVE  BYPASS T  AU BAS     wh CHARGE RELIEF 313430 psi  N 86415  1  PORT B    O  i A  Line Filter  il   E idu  gt  Beta  I  200  43 psi NA  HI FLUSHING RELIEF VALVES 18 C AE  A  3 4   16 UNF Su VALVE  4000 PSI tre lisi  SES X    NG GEAR PUMP  G CE  rey       ES  3200 engine rpm         MPLEMENT    RELIEF  CHARGE PUMP   3000PSI  6cc rev           Al  Port   EN Suction Screen   m SZ 100 
8.                               n Q  i O  bw  d X    O  9e                   RELIEF VALVES  4000 PSI  276 bar     IBec rev       3200 engine rpm                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      C  PB T  CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT OIL    COOLER  Port 2  BI        PRESSURE VALVE        TEST PORT  PRESSURE VALVE  CHARGE RELIEF 313430 psi  A Laon Final seer  43 psi Ge Beta IIl  200  X    i  ISO 16889   GEAR PUMP  o  ec Tey  e IMPLEMENT  CHARGE PUMP 3000PS   6cc rev I        Port   Suction Screen   lt  gt   100  mesh      ry  LI     ACCUMULATOR      2250 rpm  PTO pressure test port       Groundsmaster 7200 7210  Hydraulic Schematic     With Polar Trac          All solenoids are    shown as de energized     Page 8 5    RH WHEEL MOTOR  300 to 310 cc  LSHT    LH WHEEL MOTOR  300 to 310 cc  LSHT                                                                                     WINTER                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Gro
9.                          General Information                           Service and Repairs                             Chapter 7   Cutting Deck    General Information                           Factors That Can Affect Cutting Performance     Service and Repairs                             Chapter 8   Foldout Diagrams    Hydraulic Schematics                          Electrical Schematics                          Electrical Circuit Diagrams                      Wire Harness Drawings                         Product Records  and Maintenance       Kubota  System Diesel Engine    Hydraulic    Electrical  System    o   2  s    gt   E  a    This page is intentionally blank     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    TORO        Table of Contents    GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS              1  Supervisor s Responsibilities                   1  Before Operating                              2  While Operating                              2  Maintenance and Service                      3   JACKING INSTRUCTIONS                       4    General Safety Instructions    Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 machines meet or ex   ceed safety standard specifications as identified in the  Operator s Manual  Although hazard control and acci   dent prevention are dependent partially upon the design  and configuration of the machine  these factors are also  dependent upon the awareness  concern and proper  training of the personnel involved in the operation  trans   port  maintenance and storage of the machine  Improp   
10.                  RUN SOLENOID                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        HOLD   R BK  w   PULL   ENGNE    Y    105C TEMP SWITCH  PK    e GN      ENGINE OIL PRESSURE    SWITCH    oN    uJ  w E Y OR    E BU W HA     115C TEMP SWITCH a  ra       5    l e                     a s         A           ee     ee     e A    DS a         lt  lt     eeeeeeeeeereeeeeeereeeeeee          ES zi     T   Z 5         n    aa S  BK R BK x 5 5 b  o x  FUEL PUMP    sa 3 o e                GLOW PLUGS  3      z  gt    gt   D 3  z  OR    O     PK 2 g    a s   8   D 3 3  col col H  zN    NAL   58      ZE eu START  TEMP O e       lt 2 1 LA BK W        si VIO    4             dB LAMP  GLOW     3 312   mY B  Pi 12M 5 LO GROUND GA  g HOUR METER  KUBOTA NG   GLOW PLUG  CONTROLLER LI        Start SP  FUSIBLE LINK IN BK  q    De BK  KUBOTA STARTER 2 A START  12 V  1 A  s    su         2  OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN PTO COIL  1 B PTO Ka N GAG E  BU W  lt  BN  F4 2A  2 0   IGN  sw     RUN i e   lt P A A A A A A A                     r a      lt         ee R   BK TEM AICA  ENGINE GROUND 2 D   PARKING BRAKE pro sw   1 0 1 COM c    NO 4  BK                       e e     ce a ee     ee vc ee ee ew U co o     T C BK      ENGINE PARKING BRAKE NCI7  SWITCH Z E BACKLAP OVER TEMP
11.            req 942  ISd 000P  S3ATVA 431738    a  1HOd    INA 91 P E  paga  1HOd    LHS  wes OIE OF 00     INVA Fa   HOLOW       1HOd      SSvdA8 Jo BamM    CE VMyOY        h   INN 91 7           J 133HM HH    GHVAHO3         NN 91 yit          NO d  lt     uonong JO uJnjeH ie     eBriey   amsselig MO             ainssalg uom         UMOYUS PABM10 4  S HINDIID UOIDEAL    0124 0034 Ja sewspun019       Page 4     10 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic System    Traction Circuits    The Groundsmaster traction system consists of a trans   mission that is directly coupled to  and driven by  the en   gine flywheel  The transmission provides two identical  and independent closed loop traction circuits  one for  the right wheel motor and one for the left wheel motor   Each of these transmission circuits include a variable  displacement  slipper foot design piston pump which  provides hydraulic flow for one wheel motor  The swash  plate in each of the piston pumps is controlled by one of  the operator traction levers     The angle of the swash plate determines pump flow and  ultimately traction speed  When a traction lever is  moved a small amount  a small swash plate rotation re   sults in low pump output and lower traction speed  When  the traction lever is moved fully  the pump swash plate  rotates fully to provide maximum pump output flow and  traction speed     Because hydraulic flow to each rear wheel is deter   mined by traction lever movement and subsequent  swash plate posit
12.       11 Lower the machine to the ground     12  Torque lock nut  item 1  from 300 to 400 ft Ib  407  to 502 N m      13 Make sure hydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary        Figure 33    3  RH wheel motor  4  LH wheel motor    1  Hydraulic tank  2  Transmission    Hydraulic System    2   s      a  Ln   ER  ZO       Wheel Motor Service       45 to 55 ft lb __  gt  10   61 to 75 N   m       Figure 34  1  Lock nut 8  Manifold 14  Stator assembly  2  Dirt water seal 9  Commutator ring 15  Drive link  3  Housing 10  Cap screw  7 used  16  Wear plate  4  Back up washer 11  End cover 17  Thrust bearing  5  Shaft seal 12  Commutator 18  Woodruff key  6  Coupling shaft 13  Commutator ring 19  Back up ring  7  Body seal  5 used     NOTE  The two wheel motors used on the Grounds   master 7200 7210 have the same basic construction   The left wheel motor has a yellow sticker on the port side  of the stator  The right wheel motor has a reverse timed  manifold     IMPORTANT  DO NOT interchange wheel motors on  machine  i e  do not put RH motor on left side of ma   chine   If necessary  use parts catalog and part num   ber on wheel motor to identify RH and LH motors     NOTE  For wheel motor repair procedures  see the    Parker Torqmotor    Service Procedure  TC  TB  TE  TJ   TF  TG  TH and TL Series  at the end of this chapter     Hydraulic System    Page 4   50    IMPORTANT  If a wheel motor failure occurred  refer  to Traction Circuit  Closed Loop  Component Fail   ure
13.      4  Lower and latch hood        Figure 111  2  Clamp    1  Oil cooler                 f NG f Figure 112   tubes or excessive pitting of tubes  i   Gllteooler 6  Roll pin      I 2  Flange nut 7  O ring  2 used   Installation  Figs  111 and 112  3  Washer 8  Hydraulic hose   4  Cap screw 9  Hydraulic hose   1  Install right side mount of oil cooler through hole in 5  Clamp 10  Radiator  trame  radiator frame  Then  slide left side cooler mount into ra   diator frame by aligning roll pin and slotted hole in radia   tor frame  Tilt cooler to radiator frame and secure with  clamp   Hydraulic System Page 4  100 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    TORO        Table of Contents    Chapter 5    Electrical System    ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS     1 Standard Control Module                      17  SPEGIAL  TOOLS aa ida studs 2 Standard Control Module Logic Chart           18  TROUBLESHOOTING                           4 PTO Solenoid Valve Coil                      19  Starting Problems                             4 Fusible Link Harness                         20  General Run  amp  Transport Problems             6 Diode Assembly                             20  Cutting Deck Operating Problems               7 Glow Relay oer eR RM 21  ELECTRICAL SYSTEM QUICK CHECKS          8 High Temperature Warning Switch              22  Battery Test  Open Circuit Test                  8 High Temperature Shutdown Switch            23  Charging System Test                         8 Dual Temperature Swit
14.      Electrical System    Page 5   10    When testing electrical components for continu   ity with a multimeter  ohms setting   make sure  that power to the circuit has been disconnected              Figure 7    SWITCH NORMAL OTHER  POSITION CIRCUITS CIRCUITS      o   BA   KY        Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Indicator Lights  Charge Indicator Light    The charge indicator light should come on when the igni   tion switch is in the ON position with the engine not run   ning  Also  it should illuminate with an improperly  operating charging circuit while the engine is running     Engine Oil Pressure Light    The engine oil pressure light should come on when the  ignition switch is in the ON position with the engine not  running  Also  it should illuminate with the engine run   ning if the engine oil pressure drops to an unsafe level     IMPORTANT  If the oil pressure indicator light is il   luminated with the engine running  shut off the en   gine immediately     To test the oil pressure light and circuit wiring  ground the  green wire attached to oil pressure switch located on the  engine near the oil filter  Turn ignition switch to the ON  position  the engine oil pressure light should come on in   dicating correct operation of the indicator light and cir   cuit wiring     High Temperature Warning Light    If the engine coolant temperature reaches 220  F   105  C   approximate   the high temperature warning  light will come on     NOTE  The PTO will disengage if the engine co
15.      This is one of the most reliable means of testing a battery  as it simulates the cold   cranking test  A commercial bat   tery load tester is required to perform this test     Ad caution    Follow the manufacturer   s instructions when us   ing a battery tester        A  Check the voltage across the battery terminals  prior to testing the battery  If the voltage is less than  12 4 VDC  charge the battery before proceeding with  test     B  If the battery has been charged  apply a 150 amp  load for 15 seconds to remove the surface charge   Use a battery load tester following the manufactur   er s instructions     C  Make sure battery terminals are free of corrosion     D  Measure the electrolyte temperature of the cen   ter cell     E  Connect a battery load tester to the battery termi   nals following the manufacturer s instructions   Connect a digital multimeter to the battery terminals     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5     31    F  Apply a test load of one half the Cranking Perfor   mance  see Battery Specifications  rating of the bat   tery for 15 seconds     G  Take the test voltage reading at 15 seconds  then  remove the load     H  Using the table below  determine the minimum  voltage for the center cell electrolyte temperature  reading     Voltage Temperature  oe  oren    15 6  C  10 0  C  4 4  C     1 19C   209F    6 79C  109F    12 29C       Ifthe test voltage is below the minimum  replace  the battery  If the test voltage is at or above the mini   mum  retu
16.     1  Control panel                                                          Figure 12    4  COM Cterminal  5  NOCterminal  6  NC C terminal    1  COMB terminal  2  NO Bterminal  3  NC B terminal    SWITCH CLOSED OPEN  POSITION CIRCUITS CIRCUITS    OFF  DOWN    COM B   NC B   COM B   NO B  COM C   NC C   COM C   NO C  ON  UP  COM B   NOB   COMB   NC B  COM C   NO C   COM C   NC C       Electrical System    o  o         o  2  wi    g  2   D   E  c       Neutral Switches    The Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 use two  2   identi   cal neutral switches  These neutral switches are nor   mally open and close when the traction levers are in the  neutral locked position  The neutral switches are lo   cated under the front panel beneath the operator seat   Figs  13 and 14      The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the sta   tus of the neutral switches  If the ignition switch is in the  ON position and the traction levers are both in the neu   tral locked position  the SCM Neutral input LED should  be illuminated  The switches are connected in series so  both of the switches must be closed for the neutral input  to be completed for the SCM     Testing    1  Before disconnecting a neutral switch for testing  the  switch and its circuit wiring should be tested as a SCM  input  see Standard Control Module in this section      2  If the SCM verifies that the neutral switches and cir   cuit wiring are functioning correctly  no further switch  testing is necessary     3  If the SCM determ
17.     3  Carefully install new O rings into control valve spool  bore taking care to not damage O rings during installa   tion     4  Lubricate spool liberally with clean hydraulic fluid  and carefully install into control valve bore     5  Coat spacer  item 13   spring  item 20  and washer   item 6  liberally with MPG 2  or equivalent  grease  Ap   ply Loctite  242  or equivalent  to threads of screw  item  5   Install washer  spring and spacer into valve and se   cure with screw  Retain spool to prevent it from turning  and torque screw from 24 to 36 in Ib  2 7 to 4 1 N   m      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page4   87    6  Apply Loctite  242  or equivalent  to threads of  Screws  item 7      7  Position gasket  item 3  and end cap  item 12  to con   trol valve  Secure end cap to valve with two  2  screws  with lock washers  item 7   Torque screws from 24 to 36  in Ib  2 7 to 4 1 N   m      8  Lubricate detent plunger  item 19  with clean hydrau   lic oil and slide into control valve bore     9  Install new O rings  items 23  to lockout seats  items  22   Apply Loctite  242  or equivalent  to threads of  lockout seats  Install seats into control valve  Torque  seats from 18 to 20 ft lb  24 to 27 N m      10 Lubricate poppet  item 11   spring  item 2  and pop   pet stop  item 10  liberally with clean hydraulic fluid and  install into control valve bore  Make sure that stop ex   tends into spring coils after installation     11 Install adapter plug  item 14  with new O   ring  it
18.     3  Slide PTO drive shaft end yokes onto transmission  PTO shaft and gearbox shaft     4  Secure end yokes of PTO drive shaft   A  Install roll pins in end yokes and shafts   B  Tighten lock nuts to secure end yokes to gearbox  shaft and PTO shaft  Torque lock nuts from 175 to  225 in lb  20 to 25 N m     5  Lubricate PTO drive shaft grease fittings     6  Install fuse F1  15 amp  into fuse block     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6   19    PINS       Figure 19    End yoke   Cross and bearing set  Grease fitting   Slip yoke shaft    5  Grease fitting  6  Slip yoke tube  7  End yoke       Chassis    PTO Drive Shaft Cross and Bearing Service    1  Remove PTO drive shaft from vehicle  see PTO  Drive Shaft Removal in this section      IMPORTANT  When placing yoke in vise  clamp  lightly on the solid part of the yoke to prevent yoke  damage  Also  the use of a vise with soft jaws is rec   ommended     2  Lightly clamp yoke in vise  Use two screwdrivers to  remove snap rings that secure bearings at the inside of  each yoke  Remove yoke from vise     IMPORTANT  Yokes must be supported when re   moving and installing bearings to prevent damage     3  Use a press to remove cross and bearings from  yokes     A  Place a small socket against one bearing and a  large socket against the yoke on the opposite side     B  While supporting the large socket  apply pres   sure on small socket to partially push the opposite  bearing into the large socket     C  Remove yoke from press  grasp part
19.     45 Lubricate charge relief valve and spring with clean  hydraulic oil and install into pump body     46 Lubricate pressure valve and spring with clean hy   draulic oil and install into pump body     47 Lubricate new O   rings and install O   ings onto valve  plugs  Install plugs into pump body  Torque plugs from  17 to 19 ft lb  22 to 27 N m         Figure 91  1  Charge relief valve 3  Charge relief plug  2  Pressure valve 4  Pressure valve plug    48 Lubricate filter bypass valve and spring with clean  hydraulic oil and install into pump body     49 Lubricate new O   ring and install O   ring onto plug   Install plug into pump body  Torque plug from 17 to 19  ft Ib  22 to 27 N m         Figure 92  1  Filter bypass valve 2  Filter bypass plug    Hydraulic System Page 4   76 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    50 Lubricate solenoid valve spring  sleeve and spool  with clean hydraulic oil and install into pump body  Make  sure that sleeve is installed so that holes are closest to  the spring location and that step in spool is toward spring  location as well  Place pin in spool     51 Install solenoid valve stem into pump body and  torque from 186 to 195 in Ib  21 to 22 N m      52 Place O ring  solenoid coil  O ring  washer  lock  washer and nut onto solenoid valve stem  Coil should be  installed so the  KANZAKI  molded into the coil has the     P    nearest the nut location  Torque nut from 52 to 69 in   Ib  5 9 to 7 8 N   m         Figure 93  1  Sleeve 5  Spoolstep  2  Spool 6  So
20.     MAJ  1HOd  uva                    1eq 922  ISd 0007  S3ATVA 331134          MO 4  uonong Jo uJnjeH   eBreyo  eunssejd MO   eunsseJg BUIMJOM    HOLOW  133HM HI    55 OIE Of 00       HOLOW     33HM HH    HNO Old    0124 0034 Ja sewspun019       Groundsmaster 7200 7210     16    Page 4    ic System    Hydraul    PTO Circuit    The transmission used on Groundsmaster 7200 and  7210 machines includes a hydraulic  multi plate clutch  that is used to engage the PTO  Hydraulic flow for PTO  clutch engagement is provided by the transmission  charge pump     When the PTO switch is turned on  the transmission so   lenoid valve is energized to allow hydraulic flow to en   gage the PTO clutch  As the PTO clutch engages  an  integral PTO brake is simultaneously released to allow  rotation of the drive shaft and cutting deck  or imple   ment   An orifice and accumulator in the transmission  prevent abrupt engagement of the PTO     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     17    Pressure to the PTO clutch is limited by the pressure  valve in the transmission  Pressure valve setting is from  280 to 340 PSI  19 3 to 23 4 bar      When the PTO switch is turned off  the transmission so   lenoid valve is de   energized and the PTO clutch is dis   engaged  The integral PTO brake is applied to control  the stopping rate of the drive shaft and cutting deck  or  implement      Hydraulic System    e  as  O a    Y  SO  Io       Special Tools    Order special tools from your Toro Distributor  Some  tools
21.     gt  gt        R  Bk a See  ENGINE GROUND  gt    2 0   PARKING BRAKE PTO SW   1 D 1 COM     nola  ENGINE u Soe OR  lt   gt  T   C    aa  PARKING BRAKE  0 SWITCH 2 E BACKLAP OVER TEMP WARNING  1 E NO  1 BRAE OFP   lt q  gt  Y    2 F   SEAT SW  GROUND  1 F 79  5 DX     i O  cY  lt   gt  BK   21504 8 oP vio Bk    4  x SL  OCCUPIED  2 G   NEUTRAL sw So ee SOLENOID  o      o  BN o       Do Soe RH NEUTRAL SWITCH en    SCM pd kd  IN NEUTRAL   E  FRAME GROUND NONU      xd Aa vig  PELS PTO SWITCH  YELLOW     DIODE    T BN        VO 4             FOR OPTIONAL    PTO     STOP      NONE    8   AJ RUN         Be  X Y  START     B I S       Xj PK    D BI IGNITION SWITCH t   ore UM star    Fl 45A F5 104     gt  R vm d  FOR ACCESSORY  POWER KIT  F2 104A  VIO                    Glow Circuits  FOR ACCESSORY Power Current  POWER KIT              Control Current              Indication Current    Page 8 9    ALTERNATOR RUN SOLENOID  B  HOLD                                                                                                                                                                                                                           R BK  R  w    mr  PULL   w  R  ENGINE  Ns    Y    105C TEMP SWITCH  PK  o GN      ENGINE OIL PRESSURE  E SWITCH  GN     w Y OR  po   nat o BU W A    115C TEMP SWITCH DE ty t  o n   ES E  E E  x e              1 a e   S  3  a ATM 0  B s  gl 3   UEL PUMP   o x 9  6       j j  GLOW PLUGS  3                     Tr rr rr                   o 9  2 2
22.    A  On machines with cutting deck  position jack se   curely under the square carrier frame tube near the  front castor wheel  Fig  1   Do not use the cutting  deck as a jacking point     B  On machines with Polar Trac M Kit  position jack  securely under the lift arm pivot tube on the front of  machine  Do not use the implement as a jacking  point     3  Use jack to raise front of machine     4  After raising the front of the machine  use appropri   ate jack stands under the frame to support the front of  the machine     Jacking the Rear  Fig  2     IMPORTANT  Do not support machine on wheel  hubs  brake rotors      1  Chock both front castor wheels to prevent the ma   chine from moving     2  Place jack securely under the rear frame   3  Jack rear wheels off the ground     4  Use appropriate jack stands under the frame to sup   port the rear of the machine     Safety Page 1 4          Figure 1    1  Front castor wheel 2  Front jacking point    FRONT OF MACHINE  Figure 2    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Chapter 2    TORO        Product Records and Maintenance    Table of Contents       S8  o  PRODUCT RECORDS                            1 Using a Torque Wrench with an Offset Wrench    3      MAINTENANCE                                1 Standard Torque for Dry  Zinc Plated and Steel MEE  EQUIVALENTS AND CONVERSIONS             2 Fasteners  Inch Series                       4 E E  Decimal and Millimeter Equivalents              2 Standard Torque for Dry  Zinc Plated and Steel  U 
23.    B  Install dust seal  O ring  back up ring and dust  seal to the head     IMPORTANT  Do not clamp vise jaws against the  shaft surface  Clamp on the clevis ONLY     3  Mount shaft securely in a vise by clamping on the cle   vis of the shaft     A  Coat shaft with clean hydraulic oil     B  Slide head onto the shaft taking care to not dam   age the seals  Install rod seal onto shaft and into  head     C  Install piston onto the shaft and secure with nut   D  Remove shaft from the vise     IMPORTANT  Prevent damage when clamping the  hydraulic cylinder into a vise  clamp on the clevis  ONLY     4  Mount barrel in a vise     5  Coat all internal parts with a light coat of clean hy   draulic oil  Carefully slide piston  shaft and head assem   bly into the barrel being careful not to damage the seals     6  Install collar using a pipe wrench to secure head in  barrel     Hydraulic System    2         L3   cs   gt     lt         Polar Trac    Lift Cylinder       Figure 109  1  Pivot pin 5  Hydraulic hose 9  90  hydraulic fitting  2  Screw 6  Hydraulic cylinder 10  Hydraulic fitting  3  Hydraulic control valve 7  Hydraulic hose 11  O ring  4  Liftarm 8  O ring 12  Lock nut    Hydraulic System Page 4     96 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  109     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        1  Park machine on a level sur
24.    Charge Hydraulic System    NOTE  When initially starting the hydraulic system with  new or rebuilt components such as wheel motors  gear  pump or lift cylinder  it is important that the hydraulic sys   tem be charged properly  Air must be purged from the  system and its components to reduce the chance of  damage     IMPORTANT  Change hydraulic oil filter whenever  hydraulic components are repaired or replaced     1  Park machine on a level surface with engine off     2  Make sure all hydraulic connections  lines and com   ponents are secured tightly     3  If component failure was severe or the system is con   taminated  flush and refill hydraulic system and tank   see Flush Hydraulic System in this section      4  Make sure hydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary     5  Check traction control components for proper adjust   ment  binding or damaged parts     6  Disconnect wire harness connector from engine fuel  stop solenoid to prevent the engine from starting     7  Make sure traction control levers and the lift control  lever are in the neutral position  Turn ignition key switch  and engage starter for ten  10  seconds to prime the  transmission and gear pump  Repeat this step again     8  Connect wire harness connector to fuel stop sole   noid     Before jacking up the machine  review and follow  Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1     Safety        9  Raise both drive wheels off the ground and place  jackstands under the frame to support the machine     
25.    Cutting deck blades will not turn  An electrical problem exists  see Chapter 5     Electrical System    The engine coolant temperature is excessive   Transmission solenoid valve is stuck     Transmission charge pump is damaged  traction charge circuit also  affected      Transmission pressure valve is faulty        Cutting deck problem exists  see Chapter 7     Cutting Deck    Cutting deck blade s  turn too slowly    Engine speed is too low    Cutting deck problem exists  see Chapter 7     Cutting Deck    PTO does not stop when disen  An electrical problem exists  see Chapter 5     Electrical System      gaged   A      Transmission solenoid valve is stuck or damaged     PTO brake friction plates are worn or damaged     Cutting deck  or implement  will not Engine speed is too low   lift or lifts slowly   Lift cylinder linkage is binding or broken   Lift arm bushings are binding   Hydraulic tank oil level is low     Gear pump pressure or flow is insufficient     Gear pump is damaged     Implement relief valve  in gear pump  is stuck open   Lift cylinder leaks internally     Lift control valve is defective     Cutting deck  or implement  raises  Lift cylinder leaks internally   but will not stay up   NOTE  Lift cylinder and check valve Check valve within the lift control valve leaks   in lift control valve cannot provide an  absolutely perfect seal  The cutting  deck  or implement  may eventually  lower if left in the raised position     Lift control valve is worn or defectiv
26.    Product Records  and Maintenance       Other Torque Specifications    SAE Grade 8 Steel Set Screws    Recommended Torque    140   20 in lb 73   12 inb    Thread Size               1 4     20 UNC       5 116 18UNC   215   35 in Ib    145  20 inb       3 8     16 UNC    1 2     13 UNC 75   15 ft lb 50   10 ft lb    35   10 ft lb 18   3 ft Ib    Thread Cutting Screws   Zinc Plated Steel     Type 1  Type 23 or Type F    Thread Size Baseline Torque     No  6     32 UNC 20   5 in lb  No  8   32 UNC 30   5 in Ib    1 4     20 UNC 85   15 inb    5 16     18 UNC 110   20 in Ib  3 8     16 UNC 200   100 in   Ib    No  10     24 UNC 38   7 in Ib    Conversion Factors    in lb X 11 2985   N cm  ft lb X 1 3558   N m    Product Records and Maintenance          Page 2 6    Wheel Bolts and Lug Nuts    Thread Size    Recommended Torque      88   14 N m    7 16     20 UNF 65   10 ftHb  Grade 5   1 2     20 UNF 80   10 ft 1b  Grade 5    108   14 N m    M12X 1 25  Class 8 8    M12X1 5 80   10 ftHb  Class 8 8       For steel wheels and non   lubricated fasteners     80   10 ft lb   108   14 N m    108   14 N m       Thread Cutting Screws   Zinc Plated Steel     Thread   Threads per Inch  Size  Type A   Type B  1  1  1    Baseline Torque     No  No    noe f is    mos   is      8  5      Hole size  material strength  material thickness  amp  finish  must be considered when determining specific torque  values  All torque values are based on non lubricated  fasteners     N cm X 0 08851   in lb  N 
27.   1 PK E  z           a 0  as START TEMP   M L i    go  s5                     BK W PNG     i LAMP  CLOW      OR 2    mooo        12 GROUND  2 8   PK CM METER  KUBOTA IS   GLOW PLUG  CONTROLLER    R     SA    B  PAR      Stort SP  FUSIBLE LINK A BK  q  L  BK  KUBOTA STARTER     START  12V  1 A  BU              j    PK   s   L      T L  4    H  2 8 OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN PTO COIL  1 B PTO ENGAGE  BU W  lt  BN  R FA DA  2 0   IGN  Sw   RUN  1 C                     e         o                         W  DK     lt            R  BK         a  ENGINE GROUND 2  PARKING BRAKE PTO SW   1 D 1 COM C e  NO 4  ENGINE Bk    t                    E R  x      ra n T cC BK  al SWITCH 2 E   BACKLAP OVER TEMP WARNING  1   E nc   _  gt       BRAKE OFF  gl    Y  2 F   SEAT SW  GROUND  1 F 2   COM B NO  5                   x    E h                      amp GK   ia ia VIO BK  SEAT SWITCH KANZAKI CLUTCH     OCCUPIED  2 6   NEUTRAL SW SOLENOID  LS mn   n             T         ro    LH NEUTRAL SWITCH RH NEUTRAL SWITCH SCM NOE         IN NEUTRAL LOCK   IN NEUTRAL LOCK  2 H   IGN  Sw   sr PTO SWITCH  YELLOW   FRAME GROUND BATTERY                                                                                 O ee ae  PTO OFF     r BN  T    FOR OPTIONAL    PTO  S PK    Fl 15A F3 10 A         Xx R     FOR ACCESSORY       POWER KIT A             Groundsmaster 7200 7210  Crank Circuits    Power Current  Control Current  Indication Current       Page 8   10          x    FOR ACCESSORY  POWER KIT       ALTERNATOR 
28.   Clamp on the clevis ONLY     3  Mount rod securely in a vise by clamping on the cle   vis of the rod     A  Coat rod with clean hydraulic oil   B  Slide head onto the rod     C  Install piston onto the rod and secure with lock  nut  Torque lock nut from 250 to 300 ft Ib  339 to  406 N m      D  Remove shaft assembly from the vise     IMPORTANT  Prevent damage when clamping the  hydraulic cylinder into a vise  clamp on the clevis  end of the barrel ONLY     4  Mount barrel securely in a vise by clamping on the  clevis end of the barrel     IMPORTANT  When installing the head into the bar   rel  pay careful attention to the retaining ring slot in  the barrel to insure that the piston and head seals do  not lodge in the slot     5  Coat all internal parts with a light coat of clean hy   draulic oil  Slide piston  shaft and head assembly into  the barrel being careful not to damage the seals     6  Secure head in barrel by installing retaining ring   Align retaining ring hole in the head with the access slot  in the barrel  Insert the retaining ring hook into the hole  and rotate head clockwise until the retaining ring is com   pletely pulled into the barrel and the ring ends are cov   ered     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       Oil Cooler   Removal  Figs  111 and 112    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and    remove key from the ignition switch     2  Raise hood and secure it in the raised p
29.   Fig  2   Remove HOC pin from HOC  bracket     4  Start engine and fully lower cutting deck  Stop en   gine and remove key from the ignition switch        Figure 2  1  HOC pin 2  HOC bracket    Do not start the engine and engage the PTO  switch when the PTO drive shaft is discon   nected from the cutting deck  If the engine is    started and the PTO shaft is allowed to rotate   serious personal injury and machine damage  could result  If the PTO drive shaft is discon   nected from the cutting deck  remove fuse F1   15 amp  from fuse block to prevent uninten   tional engagement of the PTO clutch        5  To prevent unintentional engagement of the PTO  clutch  remove fuse F1  15 amp  from fuse block   3   Figure 3    Clevis pin 3  Adjustment clevis  2  Deck lift chain    _    Cutting Deck Page 7   6 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    6  Disconnect end yoke of PTO drive shaft from cutting  deck gearbox shaft  see PTO Drive Shaft Removal in  the Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6     Chas   sis   Position and support drive shaft end away from  deck gearbox     7  Remove four  4  ring pins and clevis pins that secure  deck lift chains to adjustment clevises on cutting deck   Fig  3      8  Slide cutting deck away from machine   Installation  1  Slide cutting deck under carrier frame of machine     2  Install four  4  clevis pins and ring pins to secure deck  lift chains to adjustment clevises on cutting deck  Fig  3      3  Connect end yoke of PTO drive shaft to cutting deck  gear
30.   NOTE  If one traction circuit component has internal wear or dam   age  it is possible that other traction components are also dam   aged     Transmission by   pass valve s  is open or defective     Brake is dragging or binding     Transmission check valve  relief valve and or flushing valve is leak   ing     Charge pressure is low  Hydraulic oil is very cold   Transmission or wheel motor s  is worn or damaged      NOTE  If one traction circuit component has internal wear or dam   age  it is possible that other traction components are also dam   aged     Page 4     20 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Problem    Neutral is difficult to find     No traction exists in either direction     Wheel motor will not turn     Wheel motor will not hold load in  neutral    NOTE  Machine may not be com   pletely stationary if parked on an in   cline without the parking brake en   gaged     Single wheel motor turns while un   loaded  but slows down or stops  when load is applied     Machine does not track straight   NOTE  If machine does not track  straight  look for problem with com   ponents that effect the weaker trac   tion side of the machine     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Possible Cause    External control linkage is misadjusted  disconnected  binding or  damaged     Orifice in transmission check valve s  is plugged     Transmission is worn or damaged     Oil level in hydraulic tank is low    Transmission by   pass valves are open    Charge pressure is low    Engine flywheel coupling is d
31.   Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting unit   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Open hood and secure it in the raised position     Do not open radiator cap or drain coolant if the    radiator or engine is hot  Pressurized  hot cool   ant can escape and cause burns  Ethylene   gly   col antifreeze is poisonous  Dispose of coolant  properly or store it in a properly labeled contain   er away from children and pets        3  Place a suitable container under the left corner of the  radiator to collect the coolant  Remove plug  item 12    hex socket head  from bottom of the radiator and com   pletely drain the radiator     4  Disconnect following hoses from the radiator   A  Upper radiator hose to the water pump   B  Lower radiator hose to the engine block   C  Coolant hose to the expansion tank   D  Air inlet hose to the air cleaner assembly     5  Remove four  4  screws and flat washers that secure  fan shroud to radiator  Carefully position fan shroud  away from radiator taking care to not damage fan     6  Remove four  4  cap screws and flange nuts secur   ing the radiator to the radiator frame     7  Carefully pull radiator from the radiator frame and  machine     8  Plug radiator and hose openings to prevent contami   nation     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 3   13    Installation  Fig  8     1  Remove all plugs placed in radiator and coolant hose  openings during the removal procedure     2  Carefull
32.   Pressure in the General Information section        3  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck   or implement  lowered and off  Apply parking brake   Make sure engine is off     4  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed at the  beginning of this section     5  Thoroughly clean transmission area surrounding  charge pressure test port on right side of transmission   Fig  15      6  Remove plug from charge pressure test port  Fig   15   Connect hydraulic pressure gauge  1000 PSI   70  bar  with an attached hydraulic hose to the transmission  charge pressure port     7  Make sure that traction levers are in the neutral  locked position and that the parking brake is applied     8  Start engine and run at low idle speed  1500 to 1650  RPM   Check for any hydraulic leakage from test con   nections and correct before proceeding with test     9  With engine running  move throttle to full speed   3200 RPM      10 Pressure gauge should read from 70 to 100 PSI  4 8  to 6 9 bar   Record test result     11 If charge relief pressure specification is not met   consider the following     A  The transmission charge relief valve is faulty  Re   pair or replace the charge relief valve  see Transmis   sion Service in the Service and Repairs section      B  A transmission traction relief valve or flushing  valve is leaking or damaged  see Transmission Ser   vice in the Service and Repairs section      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     27    C  The charge pump in the trans
33.   Pump housing  2  Hex plug    Hydraulic System Page 4     68 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    6  Install retaining ring into groove in bore of PTO gear   Press two  2  bearings into PTO gear until each bearing  contacts the installed retaining ring        Figure 70    1  Bearing 3  Retaining ring  2  PTO gear    7  Slide three  3  rods into holes in clutch assembly     8  Slide PTO gear assembly into clutch assembly     2         L3   cs   gt            Figure 71  1  Rod  3 used  3  PTO gear    2  Clutch assembly  9  Assemble PTO shaft     A  Press new bearing onto PTO shaft so that bear   ing is flush with shaft shoulder     B  Alternately place three  3  A   plates and three  3   friction plates onto PTO shaft     C  Place C plate and then B plate onto shaft     D  Carefully install two  2  seal rings into grooves of  PTO shaft        Figure 72  1  Sealring  2 used  5  A plate  3 used   2  PTO shaft 6  Friction plate  3 used   3  B plate 7  Bearing  4  C plate    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4     69 Hydraulic System    10 Install clutch assembly and gear onto PTO shaft     A  Install key into PTO shaft slot making sure that  rounded ends of key align with rounded ends of shaft  slot     B  Slide clutch assembly and gear onto PTO shaft  making sure to align slot in clutch with key in shaft   Also  align rods in clutch with holes in B   plate     C  Place spacer onto PTO shaft        D  Press bearing onto PTO shaft so bearing is flush Figure 73   with shaft shoulder  1   Beating 
34.   Rear Wheels                                 4  Polar Trac    Wheels                           6  Parking Brakes                               8  Parking Brake Service                        10  Parking Brake Assembly                      12  Front Castor Wheels                         14  Polar TracTM Wheel Hub Service               16  PTO Drive Shaft           0    cece eee ees 18  PTO Drive Shaft Cross and Bearing Service     20  Cutting Deck Lift Arms                        22  Operator Seat                               24  Operator Seat Service                        26  OOO 2 2 Dat ER kum Qua dae as 28       Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6 1 Chassis       Specifications                         Item Description  Rear tire pressure 15 PSI  103 kPa   Castor wheel  front  tire pressure 25 PSI  172 kPa   Tire pressure  machines with Polar TracTM  30 PSI  103 kPa   Rear wheel lug nut torque 75 to 85 ft lb  102 to 115 N   m   Wheel lug nut torque  machines with Polar Trac     65 to 85 ft lb  88 to 115 N   m   Rear wheel hub lock nut torque 300 to 400 ft lb  407 to 502 N m              Chassis Page 6  2 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    General Information    Operator s Manual    The Operator s Manual provides information regarding  the operation  general maintenance procedures and  maintenance intervals for your Groundsmaster ma   chine  Refer to that publication for additional information  when servicing the machine        Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6 3 Chassis    Service and Re
35.   nals     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5  15    E  Press directly onto the seat switch through the  seat cushion  There should be continuity between  the seat switch harness terminals as the seat cush   ion approaches the bottom of its travel indicating that  the seat switch is functioning     If seat switch service is necessary  remove seat  from seat plate to access switch  To prevent injury   DO NOT attempt to reach switch through openings  in seat plate        F  If the continuity test is incorrect  remove seat  see  Operator Seat in Chapter 6     Chassis   Check seat  switch and or seat switch harness for continuity  Re   pair or replace components as needed     G  If the seat switch tests correctly and a circuit prob   lem still exists  check machine wire harness  see  Electrical Schematics and Circuit Drawings in Chap   ter 8     Foldout Diagrams      H  After seat switch testing is complete  connect ma   chine wire harness connector to seat switch electri   cal lead  Lower seat assembly  Check seat switch  operation        Figure 16  1  Seat harness connector 2  Machine wire harness    Electrical System    o  o         o  E  wi    g  2   D   E  c       Parking Brake Switch    The parking brake switch is a normally closed switch  that opens when the parking brake is applied  The  switch is located under the front panel  Fig  17 and 18      The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the sta   tus of the parking brake switch  If the ignition switch is  in the ON posi
36.   rioration  damage  leakage or loose connections   Replace fuel lines  clamps and connections as needed     Drain and Clean Fuel Tank    Drain and clean the fuel tank periodically as recom   mended in the Operator s Manual  Also  drain and clean  the fuel tank if the fuel system becomes contaminated  or if the machine is to be stored for an extended period     To clean fuel tank  flush tank out with clean diesel fuel   Make sure tank is free of all contaminates and debris     Fuel Tank Removal  Fig  7     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting unit   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch  Unlatch and raise  hood and operator seat     NOTE  The fuel tanks on Groundsmaster 7200 and  7210 machines are connected to a common tee fitting   item 7  under the seat  If either of the fuel tanks are to  be removed from the machine  make sure that fuel is re   moved from both tanks before disconnecting any fuel  hoses     2  Use a fuel transfer pump to remove fuel from both  fuel tanks     3  To remove left side fuel tank     A  Loosen hose clamps and disconnect fuel return  and vent hoses from fittings on left side fuel tank     B  Loosen and remove two  2  clamps  item 22  that  secure fuel tank to frame     C  Loosen and remove cap screw  item 27   three   8  washers  items 36  26 and 37  and flange nut   item 28  that secure fuel tank to frame  Locate and  retrieve spacer  item 25      Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 
37.   sary  adjust jam nut location on stop bolt to allow proper  clearance     6  Install deck covers to cutting deck  Lower the foot   rest        0 100  to 0 160    2 5 to 4 0 mm     Figure 5    1  Idler arm 3  Jamnut    2  Stop bolt    Cutting Deck       Blade Spindle       Figure 6  1  RH spindle assembly 4  Center spindle assembly 7  LH spindle assembly  2  Drive belt 5  Idler pulley 8  Cutting deck  3  Idler pulley 6  Drive belt 9  Drive pulley    Removal  Fig  6     1  Park machine on a level surface with cutting deck  raised  Stop engine  engage parking brake and remove  key from the ignition switch  Support the cutting deck so  it cannot fall accidentally     2  Lift the footrest  exposing the top of the cutting deck   Support the footrest with prop rod     3  Remove belt covers from top of cutting deck     NOTE  When removing deck drive belt  use breaker  bar in idler arm square drive holes to rotate idler pulley  away from belt  Fig  7         4  Remove drive belt from deck pulleys  see Operator   s  Manual   1     Figure 7    Idler arm  RH shown  3  3 8    square drive  2  1 2    square drive    Cutting Deck Page 7     10 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    5  Remove cutting blade  anti scalp cup and blade bolt  from spindle to be serviced  Fig  8      6  Remove eight  8  flange head screws and flange  nuts that secure spindle assembly to deck  Remove  spindle assembly from deck     Installation  Fig  6     1  Position spindle on cutting deck noting orientation of  grease fit
38.   stop engine  engage parking brake and remove key  from the ignition switch     2  Remove wheels as needed to gain access to wheel  hub s   see Polar Trac    Wheels Removal in this sec   tion      3  Make sure that machine is supported with jack  stands     4  Remove the dust cap from the wheel hub     5  Remove the cotter pin and slotted hex nut  Slide the  wheel hub with bearings from the spindle shaft     6  Remove the seal from the wheel hub  Discard seal     7  Remove the bearing cones from both sides of the  wheel hub     8  Clean the bearings in solvent  Make sure the bear   ings are in good operating condition  Clean the inside of  the wheel hub  Check the bearing cups for wear  pitting  or other damage  Replace all worn or damaged parts     Assembly  Figs  16 and 17     1  If bearing cups were removed from the wheel hub   press new cups into the hub until they seat against the  shoulder of the hub     IMPORTANT  The lip of the seal must be toward the  bearing  The seal should be pressed in so it is flush  with the end of the wheel hub     2  Pack both bearings with grease  Install one bearing  into the bearing cup on inboard side of the wheel hub   Lubricate the inside of a new seal and press it into the  wheel hub with the seal lip toward the bearing     3  Fill wheel hub cavity between bearings approximate   ly 50  full of grease  Position remaining bearing into the  outer bearing cup     4  Slide the wheel hub assembly onto the spindle shaft  and secure it in pla
39.  147   23  282   56  339   56  599   79 100   10 1130   113 140   15 1582   169  734   113 115 12 1299   136 160   17 1808   192  1186   169 200   25 2260   282 300   30 3390   339  1446   192 225   25 2542   282 325   33 3672   373      6     32 UNC    6     40 UNF    8    32 UNC    8     36 UNF    10     24 UNC    10    32 UNF  1 4     20 UNC 48 7  1 4     28 UNF 65   10    5 16     18 UNC 115115 105   15    5 16     24 UNF 138   17 128 17    o  oe   99  Po Nm  al c  l   N        I  I    o      de  wo       cory ie eal  pb  cm   en         cae             39 uc   16x2   o    coe f wee   ee  cem        gt     memme   e    gt     sce f x   e    cae      gt       3 8     16 UNC 16 2   3 8     24 UNF 17 2   7 16     14 UNC 27 3     7 16     20 UNF 29 3    NOTE  Torque values may have to be reduced when NOTE  The nominal torque values listed above for  installing fasteners into threaded aluminum or brass  Grade 5 and 8 fasteners are based on 75  of the mini   The specific torque value should be determined based mum proof load specified in SAE J429  The tolerance is  on the fastener size  the aluminum or base material approximately   10  of the nominal torque value  Thin  strength  length of thread engagement  etc  height nuts include jam nuts     NOTE  Reduce torque values listed in the table above  by 25  for lubricated fasteners  Lubricated fasteners  are defined as threads coated with a lubricant such as  engine oil or thread sealant such as Loctite     Product Records and Ma
40.  184 N   m   1 11 16     12 140 to 172 ft lb  190 to 233 N   m   Figure 3  Hydraulic System Page 4 4 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic Fitting Installation  SAE Straight Thread O Ring Fitting into Component Port     Non Adjustable Fitting  Fig  4     1  Make sure all threads and sealing surfaces of fitting  and component port are free of burrs  nicks  scratches  or any foreign material     2  As apreventative measure against leakage  it is rec   ommended that the O   ring be replaced any time the  connection is opened     3  Lightly lubricate the O ring with clean hydraulic oil   Fitting threads should be clean with no lubricant applied     IMPORTANT  Before installing fitting into port  de   termine port material  If fitting is to be installed into  an aluminum port  installation torque is reduced     4  Install the fitting into the port  Then  use a torque  wrench and socket to tighten the fitting to the recom   mended installation torque shown in Figure 5     NOTE  Use of an offset wrench  e g  crowfoot wrench   will affect torque wrench calibration due to the effective  length change of the torque wrench  Tightening torque  when using a torque wrench with an offset wrench will  be less than the recommended installation torque  See  Using a Torque Wrench with an Offset Wrench in the  Torque Specifications section of Chapter 2     Product  Records and Maintenance to determine necessary con   version information     Fitting  Dash Size    Fitting Port Side  Thread Size    
41.  2  Check condition of all seals on frame and hood  Re   place damaged or missing seals  Check that no gaps ex   ist between hood components and machine frame  If  necessary  seal gaps with silicone caulk     3  Position hood to machine and slide hood support  onto frame rods     4  Secure hood to frame rods with hair pin cotter  item  6      5  Close and latch hood     Chassis       This page is intentionally blank     Chassis Page 6     30 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Chapter 7  Cutting Deck    TORO        Table of Contents    GENERAL INFORMATION                       2  Specifications                                2  Operator s Manual                            2   FACTORS THAT CAN AFFECT CUTTING  PERFORMANCE                              3   SERVICE AND REPAIRS                        5  Blade Stopping Time                          5  Cutting Deck Removal and Installation           6  Idler Assembly                                8  Blade Spindle                               10  Blade Spindle Service                        12    O ries kk tt Ritter iet cones noah 14  Cutting Deck Pull Links                       16       Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 7  1 Cutting Deck    General Information    Specifications    Several cutting decks are available for the Grounds   master 7200 and Groundsmaster 7210  Refer to the Op   erators Manual for specifications and optional  accessories for the cutting deck used on your  Groundsmaster     Operator s Manual    The Operator s Manual prov
42.  2  lag la T D 3     QoS L B    XS     x    SA E    START  TEMP   by jo     ls     vio 1 H BK W          a oues LAMP  2 s  GLOW a     3 Bl 2   OR   2     12 GROUND  3 6  PK   Cm METER  D  KUBOTA 1  GLOW PLUG  CONTROLLER          am ji  ras  N NR R BK  Stort SP  FUSIBLE LINK IN BK  q  P  BK  KUBOTA STARTER PA START  12 V 1 A  BUGA      gt k  BU  2 B OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN PTO COIL  1 B  E  BU W  lt      sn  2A 2 C IGN  SW         RUN 1 C               n kK AKA            R Bk  ENGINE GROUND 2 0   PARKING BRAKE pro sw   1 0  ENGINE BK        Im                              a p              ORE OSS _ NE 1    o  PARKING BRAKE  SWITCH 2 E BACKLAP OVER TEMP WARNING 1 E      t    BRAKE OFF   lt q  gt  Y  w     a          M GROUND he S        s         A    SEAT SWITCH    NEUTRAL W   a BH 2  OCCUPIED  e 2 G   NEUTRAL SI    LH NEUTRAL SWITCH RH NEUTRAL SWITCH S gt  C M   NOT IN NEUTRAL   NOT IN NEUTRAL  2H IGN  SW   S   FRAME GROUND BATTERY 1 VIO  lt   7 BN  VIO   FOR OPTIONAL  PTO  NONE  8   X  BH KEY  START B I S  3  Y   PK  D BI IGNITION SWITCH   OFF RUN START  F1 154A SETA  L   gt  R e  FOR ACCESSORY  POWER KIT F2  18A  vio  o  x12            Run Circuits  PTO Engaged  a  FOR ACCESSORY  POWER KIT       Page 8   12    Power Current  Control Current  Indication Current               PTO SWITCH  YELLOW    PTO ON         PTO ENGAGE    4    BK                                    3K    SOLENOID    DIODE        KANZAKI CLUTCH       P11  SEAT  SWITCH                                 J02  ALTERN
43.  3IC   x ox   E  Groundsmaster 7200 7210 NUS       Electrical Schematic rE a   With Optional Kits Included  PER px px  n 6 w  All relays and solenoids 2 8  are shown as de energized   FUSE BLOCK 4 WAY  All ground wires are black        Page 8 8          ALTERNATOR RUN SOLENOID                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   m  HOLD   R BK  R mE  A w     PULL   w    1 5C TEMP SWITCH  SS GN    ENGINE OIL PRESSURE  VIC  PPP m         GN              w Y OR  BONE  e BU W t 2 i      1150 TEMP SWITCH w a    S    a    mu mimm L  t   3  2  t a AK sese mm 5 a im     ax     YM          S  ngo  FUEL PUMP R BK   1 1 EZ 3  gt  d g      l TEONE     2  GLOW PLUGS  3 ok          Q CQ                    HC Es 2 g    _ Pk i   D    m   a 0    FE   l      go     START TEMP    lsh a  VIO i  op BK W 1            a y LAMF  GLOW 0  D  a   Lg sep  o A         12 GROUND GA        PK     p  HOUR METER    BK KUBOTA O    GLOW PLUG    CONTROLLER                maa a APK a a o     R BK I  FUSIBLE LINK    d   29 we Boves   BK  BK 1  KUBOTA STARTER    2 A   START  12 v  1 A  BU i   80       X          p22       PK      i Bu w 2  0ER TEMP SHUTOOWN Pro cow  ue Ha PTO ENGAGE  1 F  2A  2 C IGN  SW   I  RUN  1 C  4 PK W BK  lt  
44.  4 a    uonong Jo umy           ebreyo     ainssald MO            eissejg Buloy             190  1112412 YI     0L24 0024 Ja sewspun019       Groundsmaster 7200 7210      14    Page 4    ic System    Hydraul    Lift Circuit  Lower     A single section gear pump is directly coupled to the  transmission which is driven by the engine  This gear  pump supplies hydraulic flow for raising and lowering  the cutting deck  or implement   The pump takes its suc   tion from the hydraulic tank     Circuit operation for lowering the cutting deck  or imple   ment  is similar to raising it  However  hydraulic flow is  used to contract the lift cylinder and this action allows the  cutting deck  or implement  to lower     During conditions of not raising or lowering the cutting  deck  or implement   flow from the gear pump is by     passed by the lift control valve directly to the oil cooler  and transmission  Flow then returns to the hydraulic  tank     When the cutting deck  or implement  is to be lowered   the lift control valve spool is shifted by moving the lift  control lever to LOWER  This shifted spool allows gear  pump flow to unseat the pilot check valve in the lift con   trol valve and then to the barrel end of the lift cylinder   The lift cylinder contracts  causing the cutting deck  or  implement  to lower  The fluid displaced from the barrel  end of the lift cylinder is routed to the oil cooler  transmis   sion and hydraulic tank  An orifice fitting at the barrel end  of the lif
45.  7210    47 Carefully remove swash plates from transmission  pump housing  Remove washer from each swash plate     48 Thoroughly clean and inspect all transmission com   ponents        Figure 66    1  Swash plate  2 used  3  Pump housing  2  Washer    2         1   cs   gt     lt         Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4     67 Hydraulic System    Transmission Assembly  Fig  39     IMPORTANT  When assembling the transmission   lubricate all transmission components with clean  hydraulic oil     1  Make sure that all transmission components are  thoroughly clean before assembling the transmission     2  Apply clean hydraulic oil to washers and swash plate  surfaces  Install washer onto each swash plate and  carefully install swash plates into transmission pump  housing     3  Press oil seal into both side covers and secure with  retaining ring  Lubricate new O rings and install onto  side covers     4  Carefully slide side covers over trunnion shafts tak   ing care to not damage seals  Secure both side covers  to transmission pump housing with three  3  socket  head screws  Torque screws from 78 to 95 in Ib  8 8 to  10 8 N m      5  Lubricate new O rings and install onto two  2  plugs   Install plugs into transmission pump housing  Torque  plugs from 17 to 19 ft lb  22 to 27 N   m         Figure 67    1  Swash plate  2 used  3  Pump housing  2  Washer       Figure 68  1  Side cover 4  Retaining ring  2  O ring 5  Oil seal    3  Pump housing       Figure 69    1  Socket head plug 3
46.  Figure 12    4  Hex nut  2 used   5  Swivel    Chassis       Front Castor Wheels       C 2   See text  T   2            for tightening  S 7 procedure    X    Figure 13  1  Grease cap 5  Bearing cup 9  Lock nut  2  Locknut 6  Carrier frame 10  Cap screw  3  Belleville washer 7  Seal 11  Castor wheel assembly  4  Bearing cone 8  Castor fork 12  Plug    Disassembly  Fig  13     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     Before jacking up the machine  review and follow  Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1     Safety        2  Chock wheels  Jack front of machine enough to al   low the removal of the castor wheel  Support machine  with appropriate jack stands     Chassis    Page 6   14    3  Remove cap screw and lock nut that secure castor  wheel to castor fork  Remove castor wheel assembly  from machine     4  Remove grease cap  item 1  from carrier frame  Dis   card cap     5  Support castor fork to prevent it from falling  Remove  lock nut from castor fork  Slide castor fork from machine     6  Remove three  3  belleville washers and upper bear   ing cone from carrier frame  Note orientation of washers  as they are removed  Fig  14   Belleville washer orienta   tion is critical for proper castor wheel movement     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    7  Pry seal from carrier frame  Discard seal  Remove  lower bearing cone from frame     8  Inspect bearing cups in carrier frame for we
47.  Firing Order    1  fan end      2     3  flywheel end        Dry Weight  approximate     205 Ib   93 kg        Fuel    No  2   D Diesel Fuel  ASTM D975        Fuel Injection Pump    Bosch MD Type Mini       Fuel Injector Nozzle    Mini Nozzle  DNOPD        Fuel Tank Capacity    11 5 U S  Gallons  43 5 Liters        Governor    Centrifugal Mechanical       Low Idle Speed  no load     1500 to 1650 RPM       High Idle Speed  no load     3200 to 3250 RPM          Engine Oil API Classification CH 4  Cl 4 or Higher   see Operator   s Manual for viscosity recommendations   Oil Pump Gear Driven Trochoid Type       Crankcase Oil Capacity    4 0 U S  Quarts  3 8 Liters  with Filter       Cooling System Capacity  including reserve tank     6 U S  Quarts  7 5 Liters        Starter    12 VDC 1 4 KW       Alternator          12 VDC 40 Amp with Internal Regulator       Kubota Diesel Engine    Page 3 2    Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Specifications  Groundsmaster 7210       Item    Description       Make   Designation    Kubota D1105T   E2B  4 stroke  Turbocharged  Liquid Cooled  OHV Diesel       Number of Cylinders       Bore x Stroke    3 07    x 3 09     78 mm x 78 4 mm        Total Displacement    68 53 in3  1123 cc        Compression Ratio    22 0 1       Firing Order    1  fan end      2     3  flywheel end        Dry Weight  approximate     215 Ib   98 kg        Fuel    No  2   D Diesel Fuel  ASTM D975        Fuel Injection Pump    Bosch MD Type Mini       Fuel Injector Nozzle    Mi
48.  Make sure that all pistons are  placed in cylinder blocks  Taking care to not drop pistons  from cylinder block  slide both cylinder block assemblies  onto pump shafts     26 Lubricate two  2  new O rings and install O rings  into grooves in pipe  Slide pipe assembly into bore of  transmission pump housing     27 Lubricate new O rings and install O rings onto six   6  hex plugs  Install plugs into center case  Torque  plugs from 14 to 15 ft lb  18 to 21 N m      28 Lubricate flushing valves with clean hydraulic oil and  place them in center case bores making sure to place  RH and LH flushing valves in correct location     29 Lubricate new O rings and install O rings on two  2   flushing valve plugs  Install springs and plugs to secure  flushing valves  Torque plugs from 17 to 19 ft lb  22 to  27 N m            Figure 80  1  Oil seal 3  Thrust plate bevel  2  Thrust plate 4  Control arm    2         1   cs   gt     lt         Figure 81  1  Cylinder block assembly 2  Pipe       Figure 82  1  Hex plug  6 used  3  LH flushing valve  2  RH flushing valve 4  Center case    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 73 Hydraulic System    30 Lubricate O rings and backup rings for bypass  valves  Position rings on bypass valves and install  valves into center case  Torque valves from 62 to 79 in   Ib  7 to 9 N   m      31 Lubricate sealing washers and install onto forward  and reverse relief valve cartridges     IMPORTANT  The forward and reverse relief car   tridges are different  Use labels m
49.  Pivot pin    Hydraulic System    2               cs   gt            Lift Cylinder Service                            Figure 108  1  Grease fitting 6  Collar 10  Back up ring  2  Barrel 7  Shaft 11  O ring  3  Nut 8  Dust seal 12  Piston  4  O ring 9  Rod seal 13  Piston seal  5  Head    Hydraulic System Page 4 94 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Fig  108     1  Remove oil from lift cylinder into a drain pan by slowly  pumping the cylinder shaft  Plug both ports and clean  the outside of the cylinder     IMPORTANT  Prevent damage when clamping the  hydraulic cylinder into a vise  clamp on the clevis  ONLY     2  Mount lift cylinder in a vise  Use of a vise with soft  jaws is recommended     3  Carefully remove collar with a pipe wrench     4  Remove plugs from ports  Extract shaft  head and  piston by carefully twisting and pulling on the shaft     IMPORTANT  Do not clamp vise jaws against the  shaft surface  Clamp on the clevis ONLY     5  Mount shaft securely in a vise by clamping on the cle   vis of the shaft  Remove nut and piston from the shaft   Slide head off the shaft     6  Remove piston seal and O ring from the piston  Re     move O ring  back up ring  rod seal and dust seal from  the head     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     95    Assembly  Fig  108   1  Make sure all parts are clean before reassembly     2  Coat new O rings  piston seal  rod seal  back up  ring and dust seal with clean hydraulic oil     A  Install piston seal and O ring to the piston  
50.  Shaft seal 7  O ring 13  Dowel pin  2  Front pressure seal 8  Implement relief valve 14  Rear bearing block  3  Front back up ring 9  Socket head screw  4 used  15  Idler gear  4  Drive gear 10  Lock washer  4 used  16  Front bearing block  5  Rear back up ring 11  Back plate 17  Front plate  6  Rear pressure seal 12  Body 18  Retaining ring    Disassembly  Fig  96     1  Install clean plugs in pump ports and clean the out   side of the pump thoroughly  After cleaning  remove  plugs and drain any oil out of the pump     2  Use a marker to make a  V  across the front plate   body and back plate for assembly purposes  Fig  97      IMPORTANT  When clamping the pump in a vise   clamp only on mounting flange  DO NOT clamp  pump body in a vise     3  Clamp mounting flange of pump in a vise with the  shaft end down        Figure 97    4  Loosen four  4  socket head screws that secure the  back plate     5  Remove pump from the vise  Remove socket head  screws and lock washers     Hydraulic System Page 4     80 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    6  Remove front plate from the body  then remove back  plate  Locate and remove dowel pins from body     IMPORTANT  Mark the relative positions of the gear  teeth and bearing blocks so they can be assembled  in the same position  Do not touch the gear surfaces  as residue on hands may be corrosive to gear finish     7  Place pump on its side and push on the rear bearing  block to remove bearing blocks and gear set from the  pump body     NOTE  Press
51.  Special hardened washer 8  Spacer set  Pulley 9  Spindle housing  V ring seal  if equipped  10  Grease fitting  O ring 11  Shaft spacer  Oil seal 12  Spindle shaft       Figure 11  Bearing 4  Inner spacer  Spacer ring 5  Outer spacer    Large snap ring    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    3  Using an arbor press  push the bearing cups into the  top and bottom of the spindle housing  The top bearing  cup must contact the outer spacer previously installed   and the bottom bearing cup must contact the snap ring   Make sure that the assembly is correct by supporting the  first bearing cup and pressing the second cup against it   Fig 12      4  Pack the bearing cones with grease  Apply a film of  grease on lips of oil seals and O ring     5  Install lower bearing cone and oil seal into bottom of  spindle housing  Note  The bottom seal must have the  lip facing out  down   Fig  13   This seal installation al   lows grease to purge from the spindle during the lubrica   tion process     IMPORTANT  If bearings are being replaced  make  sure to use the spacer ring that is included with new  bearing set  Fig  11      6  Slide spacer ring and inner bearing spacer into  spindle housing  then install upper bearing cone and oil  seal into top of housing  Note  The upper seal must have  the lip facing in  down   Fig  13   Make sure upper seal  is flush to 0 080     2 0 mm  recessed to housing surface     7  Inspect the spindle shaft and shaft spacer to make  sure there are no burrs or nicks that c
52.  WARNING  1 E  pa    BRAKE OFF   lt q    Y  2   F SEAT SW  GROUND      F 2 COM Bg na  NO 5                        CC  U  J  U  J  U  J    M      we CY U U la      gt       VIO BK       SEAT SWITCH Ncl8 KANZAKI CL   OCCUPIED  25 NEUTRAL SW  SOLENOID  To BN o    o GN  lt   gt   a LH NEUTRAL SWITCH RH NEUTRAL SWITCH SCM A al ae  B  NOT IN NEUTRAL   NOT IN NEUTRAL  2 H   IGN  SW   S  PTO SWITCH  YELLOW   FRAME GROUND BATERY   VIO  lt   PTO OFF  DIODE  7 BN  vio  FOR OPTIONAL  PTO  STOP      NONE  8   A  RUN               B i  amp  X Y  START     B I S  s  WW PK  D BI IGNITION SWITCH   OFF RUN START  F1 454A FS 104   gt  n           FOR ACCESSORY  POWER KIT  F2 10A  VIO  o  xl    o  o  a Run Circuits  FOR ACCESSORY  POWER KIT       Power Current  Control Current  Indication Current    Page 8   11    ALTERNATOR                   RUN SOLENOID                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       HOLD  a    de  PULL              pc  Y       105C TEMP SWITCH  PK           GN      ENGINE on PRESSURE    SWITCH    oN    ld  w E Y OR    PO S BU W HA       115C TEMP SWITCH a      o a  E o                                             ATAY AA laudis uui  ai bred oie HA AH HAT ls 2  lt   3      a El 5         K R BK    5 B    3  B FUEL PUMP B      z Ej    3              me       9000  PK 2
53.  all ports and clean the outside of the valve thor   oughly     IMPORTANT  Match   mark spools to their associat   ed bores before disassembly  Spools must be rein   stalled to the bore from which they were removed     2  Remove both spool caps  item 10  and slide the  spool assemblies from their bores     3  Remove O   ring  item 12  and bushing  item 8  from  each spool assembly     4  Remove wiper seals  item 20  and O   rings  item 12   from the spool bore ends that are opposite the spool  caps     NOTE  Disassemble spool assemblies only if the re   taining ring  item 13   spacer  item 3   spool spring  item  16  or washer  item 14  need replacing     5  Remove seat retaining plugs  items 7 and 15   back     up washers  O rings and check spring  item 9  from the  valve body     6  Remove check poppet  item 1   seats  item 5   O   rings  item 27  and plungers  items 2 and 21  from the  valve body     7  Remove solid plug  item 6   back up washer and O   ring from the opposite end of the plunger     8  Remove detent plug  item 19  and O   ring from the  valve body  Remove disc  spring and detent plunger  from the body     Inspection    1  Inspect spools and spool bores for wear  If wear is  excessive  replace control valve with new one     2  Inspect springs and replace as necessary     3  Inspect plunger and detent plunger for wear  Re   place as necessary     4  Inspect caps and plugs for damaged threads and in   spect O ring sealing surfaces  Replace as necessary     Gro
54.  and head     4  Remove plugs from ports  Extract shaft  head and  piston by carefully twisting and pulling on the shaft     IMPORTANT  Do not clamp vise jaws against the  rod surface  Clamp on the clevis ONLY     5  Mount rod securely in a vise by clamping on the cle   vis of the rod  Remove lock nut and piston from the rod   Carefully slide head off the shaft     6  Taking care to not scratch or damage the piston  re   move cap seal and O ring from the piston  If necessary   remove wear ring from piston     7  Taking care to not scratch or damage the head  re   move O ring  back   up ring  wiper and seal from the  head     Inspection    4h  caution    Use eye protection such as goggles when using  compressed air        1  Wash all lift cylinder components in solvent  Dry  parts with compressed air     2  Inspect internal surface of barrel for deep scratches   out of roundness and bending  Replace if worn or  damaged     3  Inspect head  shaft and piston for excessive pitting   scoring and wear  Replace any worn or damaged parts     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     99    Assembly  Fig  110     1  Make sure all lift cylinder parts are clean before as   sembly     2  Coat new O rings  back up ring and other seals with  clean hydraulic oil     A  Carefully install cap seal and O ring to the piston   Install wear ring on piston if removed     B  Carefully install back up ring  O ring  seal and  wiper to the head     IMPORTANT  Do not clamp vise jaws against the  rod surface
55.  at the  beginning of this section     5  Thoroughly clean junction of hydraulic hose and low   er fitting on rear of lift control valve     6  Disconnect hydraulic hose from lower fitting on rear  of lift control valve  Fig  25   This hose is from the gear  pump outlet and provides oil flow to the lift control valve     7  Install hydraulic tester  pressure and flow  in series  with the gear pump fitting and the disconnected hose   Make sure that tester flow arrow points from the pump  outlet port and toward the disconnected hose  Make  sure the flow control valve on the tester is fully  open     8  Start engine and run at low idle speed  1500 to 1650  RPM   Check for any hydraulic leakage from test con   nections and correct before proceeding with test     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   39    9  With engine running  move throttle to full speed   3200 RPM      10 Watch tester pressure gauge carefully while slowly  closing the flow control valve until 1000 PSI  69 bar  is  obtained  Do not close tester load valve fully  Verify with  a phototac that the engine speed remains 3200 RPM  while maintaining 1000 PSI  69 bar  on the tester pres   sure gauge     11  Observe flow gauge  Flow indication for a pump in  good condition is 5 4 GPM  20 4 LPM      12 Open tester load valve and then stop engine  Record  test results     13 Normal pump flow is 5 4 GPM  20 4 LPM   Lower  pump flow would result in reduced circuit performance   If flow was less than 4 8 GPM  18 2 LPM  or a pr
56.  center of the  lift arm pivot tube     6  Raise the front of the machine with the jack until the  rear of the machine is supported on the jack stands and  the center tire swings back and nearly contacts the rear  tire  Support front of machine with jack stands     The track guides have many pinch points  Care   fully grasp the rubber track on the outer edges  outboard of the steel guides when moving the  tracks     7  Have a second person lift the center of the track to  allow removal of the center wheel  Remove lug nuts that  secure center wheel to machine  Carefully remove cen   ter wheel from track and machine     8  Once center wheel has been removed  have a sec   ond person lift the track from other wheel s  as neces   sary to allow removal of additional wheel s  from  machine     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 6 7    Installation  Fig  2     1  If the track was removed from the machine  position  track to wheel location  Make sure that direction arrow  on track is properly orientated     NOTE  When installing wheels to a Polar Trac     equipped machine  the center wheel must be installed  last to allow track clearance for front and rear wheels     2  Have a second person lift the track to allow installa   tion of the front and or rear wheel to machine  Secure  wheel s  to machine with five  5  lug nuts     3  After front and rear wheels are installed on machine   have a second person lift the center of the track to allow  installation of the center wheel  Secure ce
57.  excessive wear or scoring     E  Face of bearing blocks that are in contact with  gears should be free of wear  roughness or scoring     3  Inspect front plate and back plate for damage or  wear  Replace pump if plates are damaged or worn        Figure 98  3  Gear teeth  4  Gear face edge    1  Gear shaft spline  2  Gear shaft    Assembly  Fig  96     NOTE  When assembling the pump  check the V     shaped marker line made during disassembly to make  sure components are properly aligned     1  Lubricate new O rings  pressure seals and back up  gaskets with a thin coat of petroleum jelly  Lubricate all  internal pump parts freely with clean hydraulic oil     2  Install new shaft seal in front plate  Seal should be  pressed into place until it reaches the bottom of the bore     3  Install retaining ring into the groove of the front plate   4  Install lubricated O rings to the body     5  Install lubricated pressure seals into the machined  grooves of the bearing blocks and follow by carefully  placing the back up rings into the grooves     6  Lubricate gear faces and bearing surfaces of drive  gear  idler gear and bearing blocks with clean hydraulic  oil  Carefully assemble bearing blocks and gears noting  identification marks made during disassembly     7  Position the pump body on its side  Carefully slide  bearing block and gear assembly into the body cavity  using identification marks made during disassembly     8  Remove any excess lubrication from mating sur   faces of bo
58.  flywheel coupling to transmission input shaft and en   gine endplate to flywheel housing     8  Secure flywheel housing and fuel water separator  bracket to engine endplate with eight  8  flange head  screws and two  2  socket head screws     9  Secure engine to the engine mounts attached to the  frame with two  2  cap screws  snubbing washers and  lock nuts     10 Connect fuel hoses to the fuel water separator  Fig   11   Connect return fuel hose to front injector nozzle   Fig  12      11 Connect electrical wires to engine using labels  placed during engine removal     A  Negative battery cable  wire harness ground and  fuel stop solenoid  Fig  11      B  Glow plug bus  Fig  12      C  High temperature warning switch and high tem   perature shutdown switch  Fig  13      D  Starter motor  fusible link harness  alternator and  oil pressure switch     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    12 Secure wire harness to engine with cable ties at loca   tions noted during engine removal     13 Carefully position fan shroud around the engine fan     14 Install radiator to machine  see Radiator Installation  in this section   Make sure that radiator hoses are se   cured with hose clamps     15 Make sure that drain plug is installed in radiator  Fill  radiator with coolant     16 Install muffler to the engine  see Exhaust System  Installation in this section      17 Connect throttle cable to the support bracket and  swivel on the speed control lever     18 Adjust throttle cable  see Adjust Throttl
59.  grease gun through plug hole in frame  fill area sur   rounding the castor fork shaft with grease  Allow grease  to fill cavities below lower bearing  between bearings  and above upper bearing  Reinstall plug into frame     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 6   15    NOTE  Periodic greasing of castor fork bearing area is  not necessary  Do not replace plug  item 12  with grease  fitting  Grease cap  item 1  will loosen if castor fork has  excessive grease installed     7  Install new grease cap  item 1  so cap shoulder is  flush with top of carrier frame  There should be no evi   dence that the cap is indented by top of castor fork     8  Position castor wheel to castor fork and secure with  cap screw and lock nut     9  Lower machine to ground        Figure 14    1  Locknut  2  Belleville washer    3  Upper bearing cone       Figure 15    4  Bearing cup  5  Castor wheel  6  Castor spacer    1  Bearing spacer  2  Seal  3  Bearing cone    Chassis       Polar Trac    Wheel Hub Service    65 to 85 ft Ib   88 to 115 N m           Figure 16  1  Frame 5  Wheel assembly 9  Pivot  LH shown   2  Bogie assembly 6  Lug nut  5 used per wheel  10  Pivot pin  3  Flange nut 7  Drive track 11  Shoulder bolt  4  Shoulder screw 8  Pivot pin    Chassis Page 6   16 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Figs  16 and 17     NOTE  Refer to the Polar TracTM Operator s Manual for  additional information regarding drive track and wheel  removal     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower implement 
60.  in the General Information section for informa   tion regarding the importance of removing  contamination from the traction circuit     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    2  55  CO      0  UO  gt     gt N   lt         This page is intentionally blank     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 51 Hydraulic System    Transmission    Antiseize  m 30  Lubricant    400 in Ib   45 N m        NB K     139 X     CCE                         Figure 35  1  Transmission 16  Hydraulic tube 31  O ring  2  Coupler 17  O ring 32  Hydraulic hose  3  O ring 18  Hydraulic fitting 33  Hose clamp  4  Gear pump 19  90   hydraulic fitting 34  90   hydraulic fitting  5  Cap screw  40 mm long  20  Hydraulic fitting 35  90   hydraulic fitting  6  Lock washer  7 used  21  Hose clamp 36  Hydraulic hose  i det a  50 mm long   6 used  SS  gt  hose 37  Hydraulic hose  2 used   9  Flywheel housing 24  O ring 38  Hydraulic hose  2 used   10  Dowel pin  2 used  25  Hex nut 39  O ring  ESO  11  Hydraulic fitting 26  Clip 40  Hydraulic fitting  12  O ring 27  Cap screw 41  O ring  13  Hydraulic hose 28  O ring 42  Hydraulic hose  14  Cap screw  2 used  29  Hydraulic fitting 43  Hydraulic fitting  4 used   15  Lock washer  2 used  30  O ring 44  O ring    Hydraulic System    Page 4   52    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Transmission Removal  Fig  35     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Informat
61.  key from the switch     2  Make sure machine is in safe operating condition by  keeping all nuts  bolts and screws tight     3  Never store the machine or fuel container inside  where there is an open flame  such as near a water heat   er or furnace     4  Make sure all hydraulic line connectors are tight  and  all hydraulic hoses and lines are in good condition be   fore applying pressure to the hydraulic system     5  Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks in hy   draulic lines that eject high pressure hydraulic fluid  Use  cardboard or paper to find hydraulic leaks  Hydraulic  fluid escaping under pressure can penetrate skin and  cause injury  Fluid accidentally injected into the skin  must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doc   tor familiar with this form of injury or gangrene may re   sult     6  Before disconnecting or performing any work on the  hydraulic system  all pressure in the system must be re   lieved by parking the machine on a level surface  lower   ing the cutting deck  or implement  completely to the  ground and then stopping the engine     7  When working on the hydraulic system and its com   ponents  wear eye protection     8  If major repairs are ever needed or assistance is de   sired  contact your Authorized Toro Distributor     9  Use care when checking or servicing the cutting  deck  Wear gloves and use caution when servicing it     10 To reduce potential fire hazard  keep engine area  free of excessive grease  grass  leaves and d
62.  may also be available from a local tool supplier     Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit    Toro Part Number  TOR47009    Use to take various pressure readings for diagnostic  tests  Quick disconnect fittings provided attach directly  to mating fittings on machine test ports without tools  A  high pressure hose is provided for remote readings  Test  Kit contains one each  1000 PSI  70 bar   5000 PSI  350  bar  and 10000 PSI  700 bar  gauges  Use gauges as  recommended in the Testing Section of this chapter     Hydraulic Tester  Pressure and Flow     Toro Part Number  TOR214678    This tester requires O ring face seal  ORFS  adapter fit   tings for use on this machine  Use this tester as recom   mended in the Testing Section of this chapter     1  INLET HOSE  Hose connected from the system cir   cuit to the inlet side of the hydraulic tester     2  LOAD VALVE  A simulated working load is created  in the circuit by turning the valve to restrict flow     3  LOW PRESSURE GAUGE  Low range gauge to pro   vide accurate reading at low pressure  0 to 1000 PSI  0  to 70 bar      A protector valve cuts out when pressure is about to  exceed the normal range for the gauge  The cutout  pressure is adjustable     4  HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE  High range gauge  which accommodates pressures beyond the capacity of  the low pressure gauge  0 to 5000 PSI  0 to 350 bar      5  FLOW METER  This meter measures actual oil flow  in the operating circuit with a gauge rated at 15 GPM     6  OUTLET HOSE  A hose from
63.  or  damage  Fig  24   Replace flange bushing s  if neces     sary     2  Install lift arm components as necessary using Fig   ures 21 and 23 as guides     A  If rear lift arm was removed from deck lift shaft   make sure to thoroughly clean tapers of shaft and lift  arm bore before installing lift arm to shaft  Also  when  installing washer  item 26   position washer cavity to   ward lift arm  Fig  25      B  If ball joints were removed from link  item 13    install ball joints equally on both ends of link  Adjust  center to center length of link assembly from 18 070     to 18 180     45 9 to 46 1 cm   Fig  26   Tighten jam  nuts to secure ball joints to link  Make sure that ball  joints stay inline when tightening jam nuts     NOTE  Do not change the link assembly length to  adjust the height  of cut or for any other reason     NOTE  When properly installed  flange nuts  item  23  should have flange surface against lift arm and  not against chain     C  If cap screw  item 20  was removed from chain   item 22   insert screw into upper link of chain and  thread flange nut  item 23  onto screw with flange  away from link  Torque flange nut to 50 ft lb  67  N m   When fastening chain to front lift arm  torque  second flange nut to 50 ft Ib  67 N   m   When instal   ling chain to rear lift arm  torque cap screw to 50 ft Ib   67 N m      3  Lubricate all lift arm grease fittings after assembly     4  Start engine and fully raise cutting deck  Stop engine  and remove key from the i
64.  or D for the LH side    This oil flows to the wheel motor and turns the motor in  the reverse direction  Oil flow from the wheel motor re   turns to the transmission  port A or C  and is continuous   ly pumped as long as the traction lever is pushed  rearward     As the traction load increases  reverse traction circuit  pressure can increase to the relief valve setting of 4000  PSI  276 bar   If pressure exceeds the relief setting  oil  flows through the reverse relief valve in the transmission  to the low pressure side of the closed loop traction cir   cuit     The charge circuit functions the same in reverse as it  does in the forward direction  The check valve placed in  the reverse side of the traction circuit includes an orifice  which allows the traction neutral position to be easier to  adjust  The flushing valve remains seated during re   verse operation     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     Io             21012 Old    MG  a                                                                          req 922  ISd 0007 INVA  SINIYA 331138 ONIHSM4                                  1HOd   uvau SUM elc   W  Yoon  NA THA HI    1HOd  ANOS                                                                                        INVA  ONIHSM14             1S31 34hnSS3Hd 39HVHO       iL 1HOd   jus      ANOHS    gt  gt  01    ok 00     INYA  V Hoon         SSvdAg VA IMH                      1HOd  uv3u                          nal        NOILISOd 3SIYH  QHYMHOS a                 
65.  positive terminal of the hour meter     3  Connect the negative     terminal of the voltage  source to the other terminal of the hour meter        4  The hour meter should move 1 10 of an hour in six  minutes     5  Disconnect the voltage source from the hour meter        6  Replace the hour meter if necessary     Figure 10    7  Connect harness electrical connector to the hour  meter     Electrical System Page 5  12 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    PTO Switch    The PTO switch is located on the control panel  Fig  11    The PTO switch is pulled up to engage the PTO  cutting  deck or implement      The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the posi   tion of the PTO switch  up or down   Using inputs from  the PTO switch and other switches in the interlock sys   tem  the SCM controls the energizing of the transmis   sion solenoid valve and thus  the PTO  If the ignition  switch is in the ON position and the PTO switch is en   gaged  the SCM PTO switch input LED should be illumi   nated     IMPORTANT  During machine operation  if the PTO  shuts down and the console temperature warning  light is illuminated due to excessive engine coolant  temperature  avoid shutting off the engine  Under  this condition  the operator should push the PTO  knob down  slowly drive to a safe flat area  move the  throttle lever to the SLOW position  move the trac   tion control levers into the neutral locked position  and engage the parking brake  The engine should  be allowed to idle for several minute
66.  so do not interchange forward and  reverse relief valves     13 If traction relief valve pressure is not met  remove  and inspect relief valve from transmission  see Trans   mission Service in the Service and Repairs section of  this chapter   Clean or replace relief valve  Relief valves  are not adjustable     14 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Disconnect tester from pump outlet fitting and  hydraulic hose  Connect hose to pump fitting     15 If necessary  repeat pressure test for other traction  relief valves     Hydraulic System    o     o  O o  kt   ES  Io       Wheel Motor Efficiency Test  Using Tester with Pressure Gauges and Flow Meter           LIFT CYLINDER                                     RIGHT SIDE WHEEL  MOTOR EFFICIENCY  TESTING SHOWN                                                                                                             ola                    AN                   4000 PSI  276 bar                                                                                FLUSHING    PORT  B    VALVE                   RE    4000 PSI  276 bar                       FLUSHING                            O FO        FORWARD     BYPASS  VALVE       1    HYDRAULIC      Hydraulic System    TESTER    MOTOR       RH WHEEL               310    to    300    JNF    3 4  16    FORWARD    BYPASS    314 16 UNF     porr             Figure 18    Page 4   32       Groundsmaster 7200 7210    
67.  the  ignition switch     NOTE  The installation torque of the lock nut used to  secure wheel hub to wheel motor is from 300 to 400 ft   Ib  407 to 542 N m   If hub removal is necessary  use  impact wrench to loosen lock nut     2  If wheel hub is to be removed  loosen  but do not re   move  lock nut that secures wheel hub to wheel motor     3  Remove rear wheel  see Rear Wheel Removal in  this section   Make sure that machine is properly sup   ported with jack stands     Chassis    Page 6 8    4  Remove retaining ring and flat washer that retains  brake rod assembly to parking brake lever  Separate  brake rod from brake lever     5  Remove four  4  cap screws and flange nuts that se   cure brake support to frame     6  Slide brake support  with parking brake assembly at   tached  from wheel hub disc and frame     7  Remove two  2  lock nuts that secure parking brake  assembly to brake support  Remove brake from sup   port  Locate and retrieve two  2  hardened washers from  between parking brake and brake support  Figs  5 and  6      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    IMPORTANT  If wheel hub removal is necessary  do  not hit wheel hub or hub puller with a hammer dur   ing removal  Hammering may cause damage to the  hydraulic wheel motor or wheel hub     8  If necessary  use wheel hub puller to loosen wheel  hub from the wheel motor shaft  Remove loosened lock  nut and wheel hub from wheel motor  Remove woodruff  key from the shaft     Installation  Fig  4   1  If wheel hub was remove
68.  the beveled sides of the  thrust plates are against the swash plate surfaces     27 Remove socket head screw and nut that secures  control arm onto each trunnion shaft  Slide control arm  from each trunnion shaft           Figure 51  1  Hex plug  6 used  3  LH flushing valve  2  RH flushing valve 4  Center case    2         1   cs   gt     lt      Figure 52  1  Cylinder block assembly 2  Pipe          Figure 53  1  Oil seal 3  Thrust plate bevel  2  Thrust plate 4  Control arm    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4     61 Hydraulic System    28 Remove two  2  hex plugs and one  1  socket head  plug from gear case housing  Remove and discard O     rings from plugs        Figure 54  1  Hex plug 2  Socket head plug    29 Remove fifteen  15  flange head screws that secure  gear case housing to transmission pump housing     30 Carefully remove gear case housing from pump  housing     31 Locate and retrieve two  2  pins from gear case  housing holes  Remove and discard gasket     32 Remove retaining ring that secures input shaft oil  seal into gear case housing bore  Remove spacer and  oil seal from housing taking care to not damage seal  bore in housing  Discard seal        Figure 55    1  Gear case housing 3  Pin  2 used   2  Pump housing    Hydraulic System Page 4     62 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    33 Remove input shaft  RH pump shaft and LH pump  shaft assemblies from transmission pump housing     34  Slide pipe assembly from bore of pump housing  Re   move and discard two  2  O   r
69.  the machine on jack stands and operate the trac   tion circuit to allow oil flow through the circuit  With the  machine raised off the ground  the traction circuit will  have maximum oil flow at minimum pressure to mini   mize damage from any remaining contamination  The  filter will remove contamination from the closed loop  traction circuit during operation  Remove the filter from  the machine after contamination has been removed  from the traction circuit     IMPORTANT  When operating the traction system  with the high pressure filter installed  make sure  that flow is always directed through the filter  e g  do  not move the traction levers in the reverse direction  if the filter is placed for forward direction flow   If  flow is reversed  debris from the filter will re enter  the traction circuit     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic Schematics    The hydraulic schematics for the Groundsmaster 7200  and 7210 are located in Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams     2   s      a  LY  ER  EX       Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 9 Hydraulic System    Flow Diagrams    IC    Hydraul        E        r      gt                                      N19 Old                                                 hos        D  z  z   lt                        _ 7a         ls                                                                 IGNITAO L417                 1eq 922  isa ooo   GaldHS     31134 INIYA  TAS a ONIHS Y14                             aa1aiHs   ANIYA  SNIHSMS                  
70.  the outlet side of the  hydraulic tester connects to the hydraulic system circuit     Hydraulic System Page 4 18       Figure 9       Figure 10    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic Test Fitting Kit    Toro Part Number  TOR4079    This kit includes a variety of O   ring Face Seal fittings to  enable the connection of test gauges into the system     The kit includes  tee s  unions  reducers  plugs  caps  and male test fittings     O ring Kit  Toro Part Number  16 3799    This kit includes O   rings in a variety of sizes for face  seal and port seal hydraulic connections  As a preventa   tive measure against leakage  it is recommended that  an O ring be replaced any time a hydraulic connection  is opened     High Pressure Hydraulic Oil Filter    If a component failure occurs in the closed loop traction  circuit  contamination from the failed part will remain in  the circuit until removed  When connecting hydraulic  test gauges in order to test traction circuit components  or after replacing a failed traction circuit component  e g   hydrostat or wheel motor   a high pressure hydraulic fil   ter can be installed in the traction circuit  The filter will  ensure that contaminates are removed from the closed  loop and thus  do not cause additional component dam   age     A high pressure hydraulic oil filter can be obtained local   ly        Toro Test Fitting Kit  TOR4079    Fitting   Tool Number       Figure 11    Hydraulic       Figure 12       Figure 13    Groundsmaster 7200 7
71.  to make sure  that oil level is correct     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       Charge Relief Valve Pressure Test  Using Pressure Gauge           H21012 O    udi 0822 Im il     ATT                                                           eq 922  ISd 0007 INVA  SIATVA 3317394     9NIHSMA    fH                            LHST    in 22 01    94 00                                     INVA fW   OLOW    SSVdA8 Va TH3HM HI                                                         ih          QHVMHO4                         INIYA  SNIHSM14                                     AN yl LHST  DET 2 gt  CIE o4 OC    INVA ZY Hoon    SSVdA8      Cay  HSHMHH  GQHVAAHOd S      INN 91                                           eq 972  ISd 000P    S3ATVA 331134             PRESSURE  GAUGE                                                                HIONNAO LIN       Figure 14  Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   26    Hydraulic System    The Charge Relief Valve Pressure Test should be per   formed if a traction circuit problem is identified  This test  will determine if the transmission charge relief valve is  operating correctly     Procedure for Charge Relief Valve Pressure Test        1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature     2  Make sure that traction drive is correctly adjusted for  the neutral position     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System
72.  transmission and flywheel housing     14 On both sides of transmission  remove retaining ring  that secures pump control rod end onto transmission  control arm  Fig  36   Slide control rod from control arm     15 1f hydraulic fittings are to be removed from transmis   sion  mark fitting orientation to allow correct assembly   Remove hydraulic fittings from transmission as needed   Discard fitting O   rings     16 Inspect flywheel housing and coupler on engine fly   wheel for evidence of wear or damage     Transmission Installation  Fig  35     1  Make sure that flywheel coupler and flywheel hous   ing are secure on engine  see Engine Installation in the  Service and Repairs section of Chapter 3     Kubota Die   sel Engine      2  If hydraulic fittings were removed from transmission   lubricate and install new O rings to fittings  Install fit   tings into transmission ports  see Hydraulic Fitting  Installation in the General Information section of this  chapter   Tighten fittings to torque values identified in  Figure 38      3  If gear pump was removed from transmission  install  gear pump  see Gear Pump Installation in this section      4  Slide both pump control rods onto transmission con   trol arms and secure with retaining rings  Fig  36      58 to 72 ft Ib   79 to 97 N m     O    60 to 74 ft Ib     5 t gt    82 to 100 N m     9 to 11 ft lb    35 to 43 ft Ib   48 to 58 N m     o    20 to 26 ft lb SEN T     28 to 35 N m      13 to 15 m DNA    60 to 74 ft Ib  A p  82 to 1
73.  using a torque wrench with an offset wrench will  be lower than the listed installation torque  see Using a  Torque Wrench with an Offset Wrench in the Torque  Specifications section of Chapter 2     Product Records  and Maintenance      8  If a torque wrench is not available  or if space at the  port prevents use of a torque wrench  an alternate meth   od of assembly is the Flats From Finger Tight  F F F T    method  Hold the fitting in the desired position with a  wrench and  if port material is steel  tighten the lock nut  with a second wrench to the listed F F F T  Step 4   If port  material is aluminum  tighten fitting to 60  of listed  F F F T     Size F F F T   4  1 4 in  nominal hose or tubing  1 00   0 25  6  3 8 in   1 50   0 25  8  1 2 in   1 50   0 25  10  5 8 in   1 50   0 25  12  3 4 in   1 50   0 25  16  1 in   1 50   0 25    Hydraulic System Page 4 6       Lock Nut       e T  NS Back up Washer    O ring    Figure 6       Figure 7    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Operator s Manual    The Operator s Manual provides information regarding  the operation  general maintenance procedures and  maintenance intervals for your Groundsmaster ma   chine  Refer to that publication for additional information  when servicing the machine     Pushing Traction Unit    In case of emergency  your Groundsmaster can be  pushed for a very short distance  However  Toro does  not recommend this as a standard procedure     1  Locate two  2  by   pass valves on transmission  Fig   8   Loos
74. 00 N m     35 to 43 ft lb          _ 81 to 99 ft lb     110 to 134 N m        58 to 72 ft Ib   79 to 97 N m        Figure 38    Hydraulic System    Page 4     54    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    5  Apply a generous amount of antiseize lubricant to  splines of transmission input shaft and flywheel coupler     6  Place two  2  dowel pins in flywheel housing     IMPORTANT  Make sure to not damage the trans   mission  flywheel housing  hydraulic lines  electri   cal harness or other parts while installing  transmission     Support transmission assembly when installing  it to the flywheel housing to prevent it from fal   ling and causing personal injury        7  Lower transmission into machine  Align transmis   sion input shaft with flywheel coupler and slide transmis   sion to flywheel housing  Support transmission to  prevent it from shifting     8  Secure transmission to the flywheel housing with  seven  7  cap screws and lock washers  Make sure that  shorter cap screw is properly positioned  Torque cap  screws 400 in Ib  45 N m      9  Install hydraulic tank to machine  see Hydraulic Tank  Installation in this section      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4 55    10 On both sides of machine  secure the pump control  rod to the traction control hub with cap screw and lock  nut  Fig  36   Note that cap screw is installed from the  outside toward the center of the machine     11  Remove plugs that were installed to hydraulic hoses  and fittings during the removal procedure     12 Us
75. 2 and or F3 are is faulty   The PTO switch or circuit wiring is faulty   The Standard Control Module is faulty     Engine fuel stop solenoid or circuit wiring is faulty  pull  coil operates but hold coil or circuit wiring is faulty      The ignition switch is faulty     5 5 Electrical System    Electrical       General Run and Transport Problems    Engine stops during operation  operator sitting on  seat      Battery does not charge     Electrical System Page    Possible Causes    Operator not in center of seat  seat switch is not  depressed      The engine temperature is excessive  above 240  F    115  C      The engine high temperature shutdown switch is faulty     Machine is being operated on a slope with a low fuel  level     The parking brake was engaged or the parking brake  switch is faulty     The seat switch is faulty   Fuse F1  F3 and or F4 are is faulty   The engine run solenoid or fuel pump failed     Wiring in the run circuit is faulty or disconnected  see  Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams      Loose or broken wire s   see Chapter 8     Foldout  Diagrams      Engine alternator belt is loose or damaged   The alternator is faulty    The battery is faulty    The alternator warning lamp is faulty     The alternator warning lamp wiring is loose  corroded  or damaged     The fusible link harness at the engine starter motor is  faulty        5 6 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Cutting Deck Operating Problems    The cutting deck will not run with the PTO switch in the  ON  up  
76. 2 to 15 in Ib   1 4 to 1 6 N   m  to secure fitting in tank     2  Position fuel tank to the machine     3  Secure tank to frame with two  2  clamps  item 22    spacer  cap screw  three  3  washers  items 36  26 and  37  and flange nut     4  Connect removed hoses to fuel tank fittings  Secure  hoses with hose clamps     5  If right side fuel tank was removed  carefully position  control panel to fuel tank and secure with five  5  flange  head screws  Install control panel access cover and se   cure with two  2  latches     6  Lower and secure hood and operator seat  Fill fuel  tanks     Kubota Diesel Engine    o        2       a  z3  2            Radiator    oouogmgRON     Radiator   Oil cooler   Flange nut  4 used   Clamp   Cap screw   Washer  2 used   Flange nut  2 used   Flange nut  2 used   Cap screw  2 used       Rubber grommet  2 used     Radiator frame     Pipe plug     Air inlet hose    Kubota Diesel Engine       Figure 8      Screw  4 used      Overflow bottle bracket    Overflow bottle     Hydraulic hose     Hose clamp  4 used      Cap screw  4 used      Foam strip     Flange head screw  4 used     Hydraulic hose     Hose     Roll pin     R clamp     Flat washer  6 used     Page 3   12            Fan shroud     Fan spacer     Bulb seal  2 used      Flange nut  4 used     Cooling fan     Flange head screw  4 used     O ring     Upper radiator hose    Lower radiator hose    Hose     Radiator cap     Washer head screw    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  8    1
77. 200 and 7210  machines consists of two identical and independent  closed loop traction circuits  If a component in one of  these traction circuits  e g  wheel motor or transmission  piston pump  should fail  debris and contamination from  the failed component will circulate throughout the trac   tion circuit  This contamination can damage other com   ponents in the circuit so it must be removed to prevent  additional component failure     If a component failure occurs in one of the traction cir   cuits  it is critical to disassemble  drain and thoroughly  clean the entire traction circuit  transmission piston  pump  hydraulic hoses and wheel motor   This proce   dure will ensure that all contamination is removed from  the circuit  If any debris remains in the traction circuit and  the machine is operated  the debris can cause addition   al component failure     An additional step for removing all traction circuit con   tamination would be to temporarily install a high pres   sure hydraulic oil filter  see Special Tools  into the circuit   The filter could be used when connecting hydraulic test  gauges in order to test traction circuit components or af   ter replacing a failed traction circuit component  e g   wheel motor or transmission piston pump   The filter will  ensure that contaminates are removed from the closed  loop and thus  do not cause additional component dam   age     Hydraulic System    Page 4 8    Once the filter has been placed in the traction circuit   place
78. 210 Page 4   19 Hydraulic System    System       Troubleshooting    The chart that follows contains information to assist in Refer to the Testing section of this Chapter for precau   troubleshooting  There may possibly be more than one tions and specific hydraulic test procedures     cause for a machine malfunction       Problem   Possible Cause    Hydraulic oil leaks from system     Hydraulic fluid foams excessively  causing oil leakage from hydraulic  tank breather    NOTE  Some aeration of hydraulic  oil on this machine is normal     Hydraulic system operates hot     Traction response is sluggish     Hydraulic System    Fitting s   hose s  or tube s  are loose or damaged   O ring s  or seal s  are missing or damaged    Oil level in hydraulic tank is low    Hydraulic system has wrong type of oil    One of the pump suction lines has an air leak     Incompatible hydraulic oils mixed in system     Water in hydraulic system        Transmission pressure is high due to load or dragging brakes    Oil level in hydraulic tank is low or inlet filter is loose or clogged   Oil is contaminated or oil viscosity is too light    Oil cooler is damaged or plugged  Oil cooler air flow is obstructed   Transmission by   pass valve s  is open or defective    Gear pump relief valve is stuck open    Lift control valve is being held in the lift or lower position   Transmission check valve is not seating or is damaged    Charge pressure is low    Transmission or wheel motor s  is worn or damaged    
79. 3 11    D  Loosen hose clamp and disconnect fuel supply  hose from strainer  outlet  fitting on fuel tank     E  Lift left side fuel tank from machine   4  To remove right side  RH  fuel tank     A  Loosen hose clamp and disconnect vent hose  from fitting on RH fuel tank     IMPORTANT  When removing right side fuel  tank  take care to not damage wire harness  elec   trical components or throttle cable     B  Loosen two  2  latches and remove control panel  access cover  Position cover away from RH fuel tank     C  Remove five  5  flange head screws that secure  control panel to RH fuel tank  Carefully position con   trol panel away from RH fuel tank     D  Loosen and remove two  2  clamps  item 22  that  secure RH fuel tank to frame     E  Loosen and remove cap screw  item 13   three   3  washers  items 36  26 and 37   and flange nut   item 28  that secure RH fuel tank to frame  Locate  and retrieve spacer  item 19      F  Loosen hose clamp and disconnect fuel supply  hose from strainer  outlet  fitting on fuel tank     G  Lift RH fuel tank from machine     5  If necessary  loosen hose clamp and remove strainer   outlet  fitting from fuel tank  Clean strainer with low  pressure compressed air  50 PSI maximum pressure      Fuel Tank Installation  Fig  7     1  If strainer  outlet  fitting was removed from fuel tank   clean threads and apply Loctite 30558 thread sealant   or equivalent  to threads of fitting  Install fitting into fuel  tank  Install and torque hose clamp from 1
80. 50     15 875  9 64 0 140625      3 572 41 64 0 640625     16 272   5 32           0 15625     3 969 21 32        0 65625      16 669   11 64 0 171875       4 366 43 64 0 671875     17 066   3 16 0 1875     4 762 11 16 0 6875     17 462  13 64 0 203125       5 159 45 64 0 703125     17 859   7 32           0 21875     5 556 23 32        0 71875       18 256   15 64 0 234375       5 953 47 64 0 734375     18 653   1 4 0 2500     6 350 3 4 0 7500     19 050  17 64 0 265625       6 747 49 64 0 765625     19 447   9 32           0 28125     7 144 25 32        0 78125     19 844   19 64 0 296875       7 541 51 64 0 796875     20 241   5 16 0 3125     7 938 13 16 0 8125     20 638  21 64 0 328125     8 334 53 64 0 828125     21 034   11 32        034375     8 731 27 32        0 84375     21 431   23 64 0 359375    9 128 55 64 0 859375     21 828   3 8 0 3750     9 525 7 8 0 8750     22 225  25 64 0 390625      9 922 57 64 0 890625     22 622   13 32        0 40625      10 319 29 32        0 90625      23 019   27 64 0 421875     10 716 59 64 0 921875     23 416   7 6 0 4375     11 112 15 16 0 9375     23 812  29 64 0 453125     11 509 61 64 0 953125     24 209   15 32        046875     11 906 31 32        0 96875      24 606   31 64 0 484375     12 303 63 64 0 984375     25 003   1 2 0 5000     12 700 1 1 000     25 400    1 mm   0 03937 in     0 001 in    0 0254 mm       U S to Metric Conversions                                     To Convert Into Multiply By  Linear Miles Kilomet
81. 7 16     20  1 2     20    Installation Torque Into  Steel Port    15 to 19 ftHb  21 to 25 N m   18 to 22 ft Ab  25 to 29 N m     5  If a torque wrench is not available  or if space at the  port prevents use of a torque wrench  an alternate meth   od of assembly is the Flats From Finger Tight  F F F T    method     A  Install the fitting into the port and tighten it down  full length until finger tight     B  If port material is steel  tighten the fitting to the  listed F F F T  If port material is aluminum  tighten fit   ting to 60  of listed F F F T     Size F F FT   4  1 4 in  nominal hose or tubing  1 00   0 25  6  3 8 in   1 50   0 25  8  1 2 in   1 50   0 25  10  5 8 in   1 50   0 25  12  3 4 in   1 50   0 25  16  1 in   1 50   0 25    Fitting    Figure 4    Installation Torque Into  Aluminum Port    9 to 11 ft lb  13 to 15 N   m   11 to 15 ft lb  15 to 20 N m        9 16     18  3 4     16   7 8     14   1 1 16     12   13 16     12    15 16 12          1 5 8 12    34 to 42 ft lb  47 to 56 N   m   58 to 72 ft lb  79 to 97 N   m   99 to 121 ft lb  135 to 164 N m   134 to 164 ftHb  182 to 222 N m   160 to 196 ftHb  217 to 265 N   m   202 to 248 ft lb  274 to 336 N m     247 to 303 ft lb  335 to 410 N m     20 to 26 ft lb  28 to 35 N   m    35 to 43 ft lb  48 to 58 N m    60 to 74 ft lb  82 to 100 N   m   81 to 99 ft lb  110 to 134 N m   96 to 118 ft lb  131 to 160 N   m     121 to 149 ftHb  165 to 202 N m        149 to 183 ft lb  202 to 248 N   m        Figure 5    Groun
82. 7210    Page 4   37    11  System pressure should be approximately 3000 PSI   207 bar  as the implement relief valve lifts  Return lift  lever to the neutral position     12 Stop engine  Record test results     13 If specification is not met  repair or replace imple   ment relief valve in gear pump  see Gear Pump Service  in the Service and Repairs section of this chapter   Also  consider a leaking lift cylinder  a damaged lift control  valve or a worn gear pump     14 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Disconnect T   connector with test gauge from  lift control valve fitting and hydraulic hose  Reconnect  hydraulic hose to control valve fitting        Figure 22    1  Lift control valve 2  Hose from gear pump       Figure 23  2  Hoseto lift control valve    1  Gear pump    Hydraulic System       2     r  L3   cs   gt     lt         Gear Pump Flow Test  Using Tester with Pressure Gauges and Flow Meter           21012 Old    NN l                                 wds esui amp u   ooze                                   req 922  ISd 0007 ANIA  SINTYA 431734 ONIHSNTA                            KAI ab  yo  LA 55 OIE 04 00     PG VS  soon    J    SSvdAa AA T33HM HI                                                    quvMdod                        INN 9 vit                         INVA  SNIHSN14          INN 9                   AN ih   VLA  29 OIE 94 00                                     E ANIYA ZY  Holon  S
83. 9    Electrical System    oS   2     o  2  lu       Fusible Link Harness    The Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 uses three  3  fus   ible links for circuit protection  These fusible links are lo  p4                        FUSIBLE LINK           x d       cated in a harness that connects the starter B  terminal mmu BIT FUSIBIEUNK U   LER B  HARNESS FUSIBLE LINK B i                to the main wire harness  If any of these links should fail   current to the protected circuit will cease  Refer to Elec   trical Schematics in Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams for    additional circuit information  b1     lt  O Na    Make sure that ignition switch is OFF and disconnect  negative battery cable from battery terminal  Then dis   connect positive cable from battery  see Battery Service  in the Service and Repairs section of this chapter   Lo   cate and unplug fusible link connector P1 from machine  wire harness  Use a multimeter to make sure that conti   nuity exists between each terminal pin in connector P1  and connector J1 at the starter  Fig  23   If any of the fus   ible links are open  replace the fusible link harness                                                              Figure 23    After testing is complete  make sure that fusible link har   ness connectors are securely attached to starter and  machine wire harness  Connect positive battery cable to  battery terminal first and then connect negative cable to  battery     Diode Assembly    The diode assembly is used for circuit pr
84. ATOR    P05  ALTERNATOR    J03  OIL  PRESSURE    JOL  GLOW  PLUGS    P30  NEUTRAL  SWITCH  RIGHT        p12  STARTER           J06  ENGINE  GROUND    p03  STARTER  5    J09  ACCESSORY    P08     GROUND  FUEL  SOLENOID P20  GLOW  CONTROLLER 2    4       p25   OIL PRESS   ALT  17    m P31  IGNITION    SWITCH  HE          P27  PTO  SWITCH                    P18  PARKING  BRAKE SW    P0k  STARTER  B              P26  GNI TION  SWITCH       P29                   NEUTRAL  SWITCH  LEFT  P28  FUEL    PUMP        P32 P10  FUSE DEBRIS  BLOCK BLOWER OPTIONAL  FUSE  BLOCK         Groundsmaster 7200 7210  e 2 Wire Harness Drawing       rm                 Page 8   13       PTO SWITCH                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             OVER OVER    NEUTRAL SWITCH    dua s SCM SEAT TEMP EMP  a ST oe a ee quum s ODE PTO CLUTCH LEFT RIGHT SWITCH HOT WARM  PPM a pe ws 32 33 POT   Pol P02 P29 30  I Jol J05    23 4 5 6 1 8 9 A B A B EERE tate Las AB A B      I Y  z E   z
85. Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     89    4  Remove plugs that were installed in hydraulic hoses  during the removal procedure  Attach hydraulic hoses to  fittings on control valve using labels placed during re   moval  see Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installation in the  General Information section of this chapter      5  Make sure hydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary        Figure 104  1  Control valve 3  Lever valve link    2  Hair pin       Hydraulic System    2         1   cs   gt     lt         Polar Trac    Hydraulic Control Valve Service    4 to 5 ft lb     5 4 to 6 8 N m  19    30 to 35 ft lb   41 to 47 N m     n      EN      p m    21 to 24 ft lb   29 to 32 N m     dd QU     21     27  20 to 25 ft lb   27 to 33 N m     Check poppet  Detent plunger  Spacer   Spool   Seat  3 used      Solid plug   Seat retaining plug  2 used   Bushing     Check spring   10  Spool cap  2 used   11  Valve body    e eo N 9 m P   N      Hydraulic System    Figure 105  O rin  Retaining ring  Washe      Seat retaining plug    Spool spring  Disc   Plug   Detent plug      Wiper seal    Plunger    Detent plunger    Page 4   90    LONG  O IST    5    30 to 35 ft lb    ea   acc 011947 Nem   di n    30 to 35 ft lb   41 to 47 N m     Png  29  30  30 to 35 ft lb       7 4         41 to 47 N m     Detent spring  O ring   O rin   Back up washer      O ring    O ring  O rin      Back up washer    Plug     O ring     Spool    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Fig  105     1  Plug
86. Io    PTO Pressure Valve Test  Using Pressure Gauge     39NV9  3y4NSSIYA                                                                                  YOd 1831                               El     req 922  ISd 000P  3 1 134    INIYA  ONIHSN14                                                                                           INVA  SSYdAg    QHVMHO4                                                                HIONNAO LIN             INVA  ONIHSN13                                                             M    3                         SNWA  SSvdAa8    QHVMHO4                    req 972  ISd 000P  NIYA    23    38          usi  5   01    OF 0   w HOLOM    Nal    TH3HM HI      133HM HH       Figure 19    Page 4   34 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic System    The PTO Pressure Valve Test should be performed if a  PTO engagement problem is identified  This test will de   termine if the PTO pressure valve in the transmission is  operating correctly     Procedure for PTO Pressure Valve Test        1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        2  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck   or implement  lowered and off  Make sure engine is off  and the parking brake is applied     3  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed at the  b
87. L MOTOR Ya s NN PRESSURE VALVE  800 to 310 co eS a     CHARGE RELIEF 313430 psi  NI 86415 psi  FORT LI r1 OX E XA Line Filter  ili   L  Y  lt  gt  Beta Il  200  43 psi  4  HI FLUSHING RELIEF VALVES    ISO 16889   3 4 16 UNF arai VALVE 4000 PSI   E76 ban GOAT X   ls GEAR PUMP  6 cc rev       A  3200 engine rpm     a iMPLEMENT  RELIEF  CHARGE PUMP 3000PSI  6cc rev  M  Port   LT Suction Screen  E 100 mesh  Were rs  LI    n     ACCUMULATOR    2250 rpm  PTO CLUTCH                                                                                                                     O X    a  lt         X   X X OHO  Ot 7490  Sv   v3  ims    sv  Sv4 SV5  RN     O F                                  Optional Aux Hydraulics kit                            Optional Rear Attach Lift  kit    RH WHEEL MOTOR  300 to 310 cc  LSHT    LH WHEEL MOTOR  300 to 310 cc  LSHT       RELIEF VALVES    4000 PSI  276 bar                FORWARD                                                                            Ka                WINTER                ATTACHMENT PO  SWING  O  CYLINDER  RE  DE  WI  CO                                        LAR TRAC KIT  PT     ACES STANDARD  IFT VALVE IN    naar    L  ER  IGURATION    TER KIT  T CYL                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    FORWARD       Ix                                  
88. Make sure machine is safely supported so it will  not move and accidentally fall to prevent injuring  anyone under machine        Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     45    10 Make sure traction control levers and lift control lever  are in the neutral position  Start engine and run at low  idle speed  1500 to 1650 RPM   The charge and gear  pumps should pick up oil and fill the hydraulic system   If there is no indication of fill in 30 seconds  stop the en   gine and determine the cause     11  After the hydraulic system starts to show signs of fill   actuate lift control lever until the lift cylinder moves in  and out several times  If the lift cylinder does not move  after 3 to 5 seconds or if the pump emits abnormal  sounds  shut the engine off immediately and determine  cause or problem  Inspect for the following     A  Loose oil filter or suction lines   B  Incorrect hose routing   C  Blocked suction line   D  Faulty implement relief valve   E  Faulty gear pump   12  After lift cylinder moves normally  proceed to step 13     13 Operate the traction control levers in the forward and  reverse directions  The drive wheels should rotate in the  proper direction  If the wheels rotate in the wrong direc   tion  stop engine  inspect wheel motor location and hy   draulic lines to wheel motors  see Transmission  Installation in the Service and Repairs section of this  chapter      14 Adjust traction control levers to the neutral position   see Operator s Manual      15 Lower ma
89. NE GROUND        2 0   PARKING BRAKE pro sw   1 0  ENGINE Pa ok T KING BRA OR   2 T T Toon eg   Sm BK  e  PARKING BRAKI  SN 2    Backup over TEMP WARNING   1       my se     lt q  gt  Y    2 F SEAT SW  GROUND    F t  um nn lunc pecus Te we    1 t SEAT SWITCH RAI Pere NCjS KANZAKI CLUTCH  a e o BN o  GN       SOLENOID      FUSIBLE LINK NEUTRAL SWITCH NEUTRAL SWITCH 30M aan AE ES  FRAME GROUND EN   LEFT RIGHT vio     221   e sss PTO SWITCH  YELLOW   DiopE    GND Bk BE HEADLIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHTS LIGHT KIT DEBRIS BLOWER KIT    WINTER BATTERY POWER   R MO  Pe2 1  A A    Pa GY 1 m NOl4    CAB KIT      2    sk      NUM  gt   sJ     SWITCHED POWER No GY   GY I    ue s    7    L ng MESE   Sd cy BK    6 mm PARKER HYD VALVE  PK    x DPDT ON OFF ON LZ suren Quo   IGNITION SWITCH DIODE  OFF  RUN START  F1  A ETT TURN SIGNALS T NN    OR B 1 Y  E eK E mw 21   poe pos  l TR to    ol  F2 Ng  WORKLIGHT    IG A Da 08 HEADLIGHT        T VIO    5 HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT  O eg TAO    Bk  o LA  DADI ON DFFE  N KA E  R Y BRAKE TURN A OR            r pi  LEFT TURN OUTPUT 1      t BK GROUND JB gy       TAL NG  RIGHT TURN OUTPUT 2 T GY cY  A GN  HAZARD INPUT 22 is on     em 0    ACCESSORY POWER KIT Rer eU da in tan uos S 3  I   PK LEFT TURN INPUT EN BU  S 3 GROUND  amp   x xX BK    El FLASHER  DUAL RATE  12 I  R     Eb 2d Bd n rer  s   j  POWER POINT RIGHT HAZARD OUTPUT 9    vio E BRAKE TURN  ma y DAT  LEFT HAZARD OUTPUT 11  EN BK GROUND  LEFT HAZARD OUTPUT 12 C cY TAL   lt  WARNING TURN  NG BK     YY vo 
90. ORQMOTOR    SERVICE PROCEDURE  30  TC  TB  TE  TJ  TF  TG  TH AND TL SERIES   32  34  36  38  40  Page 4 1 Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     Io       Specifications       Item    Description       Transmission    Maximum Traction Pump Displacement  per revolution   Traction Circuit Relief Pressure  Forward and Reverse   Charge Pump Displacement  per revolution    Charge Pressure    Kanzaki dual  variable displacement traction piston pumps  with integral charge pump and multi disc PTO clutch   1 1 Cubic Inches  18 cc    4000 PSI  276 bar    0 37 Cubic Inches  6 cc    70 to 100 PSI  4 8 to 6 9 bar        Gear Pump  Displacement  per revolution   Implement Relief Pressure    Casappa single section  positive displacement gear type pump  0 41 Cubic Inches  6 7 cc   3000 PSI  207 bar        Wheel Motors  Displacement  per revolution     Parker orbital rotor motor  TG Series  19 0 Cubic Inches  310 cc        Hydraulic Filter    Spin   on cartridge type       Hydraulic Oil Capacities  Approximate   Hydraulic Oil Change  Hydraulic Tank and Transmission   Hydraulic System  All Components and Lines     10 9 Qt  U S   10 3 L   16 Qt  U S   15 1 L           Hydraulic Oil       See Operator s Manual       Hydraulic System    Page 4  2    Groundsmaster 7200 7210       General Information    Hydraulic Hoses    Hydraulic hoses are subject to extreme conditions such  as pressure differentials during operation and exposure  to weather  sun  chemicals  very warm storage condi   tions or mi
91. OX    Eos Line Filter PA sys             L  3 os  1 Beta    z200   sy    _   pont FLUSHNG RELIEF VALVES I8cc rev X  159165888     3 4 16 UNF D VALVE 4000 PSI  276 bar     EE GEAR PUMP  6 cc rev c    Optional Aux Hydraulics kit  3200 engine rpm i MPLEMENT  R IEF P T  CHARGE PUMP 306051  6cc rev I       Optional Rear attach lift  kit  Port    lt  Suction Screen      100  mesh  A T4LM      LI  Hau     n ACCUMULATOR     2250 rpm  PTO CLUTCH    ALTERNATOR RUN SOLENOID                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     8  HOLD     R BK  w  i    PULL   w      105C TEMP SWITCH  oo EN      ENGINE OIL PRESSURE  SWITCH  GN  w  w 5 NG OR  MON BU W n      115    TEMP SWITCH x tu T   S x a  E a      E  zi        amp  o   3     i z x 9  r        BK FUEL PUMP RABK 5 2 3 3 o 5  3 3  GLOW PLUGS  3  2 O O O O 2    OR o o    s gl PK      an EF START TEMP  ed LLLA yg         VIO 1    EM BK W  o         QUE          LAMP GLOW  EREI o lay a L  i  mu 12 3   6 GROUND GA  HOUR METER  O  BK KUBOTA  GLOW PLUG BK  CONTROLLER  R  wh Ek    Liz G e R BK  ies r start Ng SP  FUSIBLE LINK i BK     BK  q B  BK  KUBOTA STARTER 2 A   S
92. PTO Solenoid Valve Coil    The hydraulic system on the Groundsmaster 7200 and  7210 uses a solenoid valve coil on the front of the trans   mission  Fig  22   When the solenoid valve coil is ener   gized  hydraulic flow is directed to operate the PTO  system     The Standard Control Module  SCM  provides current to  the solenoid valve coil based on the position of several  inputs  The PTO LED on the SCM will be illuminated  when the solenoid valve coil is energized     Testing    NOTE  The solenoid does not have to be removed from  the cartridge valve for testing     1  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position  Un   plug wire harness electrical connector from solenoid  valve coil     NOTE  Prior to taking small resistance readings with a  digital multimeter  short the test leads together  The me   ter will display a small resistance value  usually 0 5  ohms or less   This resistance is due to the internal re   sistance of the meter and test leads  Subtract this value  from from the measured value of the component you are  testing     2  Measure resistance between the two solenoid coil  connector terminals  Resistance of the solenoid coil  should be approximately 7 5 ohms     3  Connect wire harness connector to the solenoid coil     4  If solenoid coil needs replacement  see PTO Sole   noid Valve Coil in the Service and Repairs section of this  chapter        Figure 22  3  Coil connector    1  Transmission  2  Solenoid valve and coil    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 5 1
93. S  to Metric Conversions                     2 Fasteners  Metric Fasteners                  5  TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS                     3 Other Torque Specifications                    6  Fastener Identification                         3 Conversion Factors                           6    Product Records    Insert a copy of the Operator   s Manual and Parts Cata   log for your Groundsmaster 7200 or 7210 at the end of  this chapter  Additionally  if any optional equipment or  accessories have been installed to your machine  insert  the Installation Instructions  Operator s Manuals and  Parts Catalogs for those options at the end of this chap   ter     Maintenance    Maintenance procedures and recommended service in   tervals for the Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 are cov   ered in the Operators Manuals  Refer to those  publications when performing regular equipment main   tenance     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 2 1 Product Records and Maintenance    Decimal and Millimeter Equivalents    Equivalents and Conversions             Fractions Decimals mm Fractions Decimals mm  1 64 0 015625     0 397 33 64 0 515625     13 097   1 32           0 03125     0 794 17 32     0 53125      13 494   3 64 0 046875     1 191 35 64 0 546875     13 891   1116 0 0625     1 588 9 16 0 5625     14 288  5 64 0 078125       1 984 37 64 0 578125     14 684   3 32        0 09375     2 381 19 32        0 59375      15 081   7 64 0 109275       2 778 39 64 0 609375     15 478   1 8 0 1250     3 175 5 8 0 62
94. SE  O a    Y     o       Flush Hydraulic System    IMPORTANT  Flush the hydraulic system any time  there is a severe component failure or ifthe system  is contaminated  oil appears milky  black or con   tains metal particles      IMPORTANT  If a component failure occurred in the  traction circuit  refer to Traction Circuit  Closed  Loop  Component Failure in the General Informa   tion section for information regarding the impor   tance of removing contamination from the traction  circuit     1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature by operating the machine for at least four  4   hours     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        2  Park machine on a level surface  Lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine and engage parking brake   Remove key from the ignition switch     IMPORTANT  Make sure to thoroughly clean around  all hydraulic connections that will be disassembled     3  Drain hydraulic tank and transmission     4  Drain hydraulic system  Drain all hoses  tubes and  components while the system is warm     5  Remove and replace hydraulic oil filter     6  Inspect and clean hydraulic oil tank  see Hydraulic  Tank Inspection in this section      7  Reconnect all hydraulic hoses  lines and compo   nents that were disconnected to drain hydraulic system   see Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installa
95. Standard Control Module Run output LED will be il   luminated when the fuel pump is energized     Operational Test    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine and engage parking brake   Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position  Unlatch  and raise operator seat to gain access to fuel pump     2  Disconnect electrical connector from the engine fuel  stop solenoid to prevent the engine from starting     3  Disconnect fuel hose  pump discharge  from the inlet  fitting on the fuel water separator  Fig  34      4  Make sure fuel hoses attached to the fuel pump are  free of obstructions     5  Place disconnected fuel hose  pump discharge  into  a large  graduated cylinder sufficient enough to collect  32 fluid ounces  0 9 liter      IMPORTANT  When testing the fuel pump  DO NOT  turn ignition switch to START     6  Collect fuel in the graduated cylinder by turning igni   tion switch to the ON position  Allow pump to run for 30  seconds  then return switch to OFF     7  Amount of fuel pumped in 30 seconds should be  approximately 11 8 fluid ounces  350 ml      8  Replace fuel pump as necessary  Connect fuel hose  to the fuel filter     9  Connect wire harness electrical connector to the fuel  stop solenoid     10 Bleed fuel system     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5   25       Figure 33    4  Screw  2 used   5  Fuel hose  6  Fuel filter    1  Fuel hose  discharge   2  Hose clamp  3  Fuel pump    Figure 34    3  Hose clamp  4  Fuel 
96. SvdAg VA Bamm HU                            QHYMHO4                 eq 922  ISd 000     SIATVA 331138          INN 91 v                                           2  HYDRAULIC  TESTER                               H3IONNAO LIN       Figure 24  Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   38    Hydraulic System    The Gear Pump Flow Test should be performed if a cut   ting deck  or implement  raise and lower problem is  identified  This test will determine if hydraulic flow from  the gear pump is correct     Procedure for Gear Pump Flow Test        NOTE  Over a period of time  the gears and wear plates  in the gear pump can wear  A worn pump will by pass  oil and make the pump less efficient  Eventually  enough  oil loss will occur to cause the cutting unit motors to stall  under heavy cutting conditions  Continued operation  with a worn  inefficient pump can generate excessive  heat and cause damage to seals and other components  in the hydraulic system     1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature     2  Make sure that traction drive is correctly adjusted for  the neutral position     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        3  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck  lowered and off  Make sure engine is off and the parking  brake is engaged     4  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed
97. TART  12 v  i A  BU BU  lt  PK  2 8    OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN pro COIL  1 8 PTO ENGAGE  F4 BU W  lt   gt  BN  R 2A 2 0 IGN  SW       RUN  1 C    PK W BK  lt   gt  R BK HS  ENGINE GROUND 2 D   PARKING BRAKE PTO SW   1 0 1 COM C NO A  ENGINE BK 1 9 OR  lt   gt  T t EPI  PARKING BRAKE  oy NGI 7     QNG  BIR 2E Jackia CERTENA ces      2 F   SEAT SW  GROUND i F 1 el 10 5  maf GY  lt   gt  BK   A i vio frm BK  IT  i   SEAT SWIGH  2 6   NEUTRAL sw  zi MESE  o 15  D  BN o GN      zi NEUTRAL SWITCH NEUTRAL SWITCH SCM ERE CERTES   lt   LEFT RIGHT 27H   IGN  SW   S   PTO SWITCH  YELLOW   FRAME GROUND o   vio  lt  DIODE  T BN  VIO  FOR OPTIONAL  PTO  STOP            NONE  B A RUN     B l A  X Y  START     BHI S  Y PK  D X IGNITION SWITCH   OFF _RUN START  F1 45A F3 10A  R   OR B   Y pi  1 ol  FOR ACCESSORY    POWER KIT of F2 10A    9 3 T VIO  x  E o Y  PK  m BK  Electrical Schematic          AX All relays and solenoids  FOR ACCESSORY are shown as de energized   POWER KIT    All ground wires are black        Page 8 7    ALTERNATOR                      RUN SOLENOID                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
98. TORO        Preface    The purpose of this publication is to provide the service  technician with information for troubleshooting  testing   and repair of major systems and components on the  Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210     REFER TO THE OPERATOR S MANUAL FOR OPER   ATING  MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT  INSTRUCTIONS  Space is provided in Chapter 2 of this  book to insert the Operator   s Manual and Parts Catalog  for your machine  Replacement Operator   s Manuals  and Parts Catalogs are available on the internet at  www Toro com or by sending complete Model and  Serial Number to     The Toro Company   Attn  Technical Publications  8111 Lyndale Avenue South  Bloomington  MN 55420 1196    The Toro Company reserves the right to change product  specifications or this publication without notice     PART NO  07150SL    Service Manual    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    This safety symbol means DANGER  WARNING    or CAUTION  PERSONAL SAFETY INSTRUC   TION  When you see this symbol  carefully read  the instructions that follow  Failure to obey the  instructions may result in personal injury        NOTE  ANOTE will give general information about the  correct operation  maintenance  service  testing or  repair of the machine     IMPORTANT  The IMPORTANT notice will give im   portant instructions which must be followed to pre   vent damage to systems or components on the  machine           The Toro Company     2007    This page is intentionally blank     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Table Of Conten
99. The Wheel Motor Efficiency Test should be performed  if a traction circuit problem is identified  This test will de   termine if a wheel motor has excessive internal leakage  and wear     NOTE  Over a period of time  a wheel motor can wear  internally  A worn motor may by pass oil to its case drain  causing the motor to be less efficient  Eventually   enough oil loss will cause the wheel motor to stall under  heavy load conditions  Continued operation with a worn   inefficient motor can generate excessive heat  cause  damage to seals and other components in the hydraulic  system and affect overall machine performance     Procedure for Wheel Motor Efficiency Test        1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature  Also  make sure that traction drive is correctly  adjusted for the neutral position     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        2  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck   or implement  lowered and off  Apply parking brake and  make sure engine is off     3  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed at the  beginning of this section     4  Attach a heavy chain to the rear of the machine frame  and an immovable object to prevent the machine from  moving during testing  As an alternative  machine can  be raised and supported with jack stands so that both  rear wheels are of
100. achine  see Operator  Seat Removal in this section      2  Remove armrest assemblies and then back panel  from back of seat     3  Carefully peel label from back rest knob  Fig  30    Remove nut and knob from seat frame     4  Remove six  6  x mas tree clips that secure back  cushion to seat frame  Remove back cushion     5  Remove two  2  cap screws that secure bottom  cushion to seat frame  Remove bottom cushion     6  Remove hex nut that secures weight adjustment  knob to weight adjust bar  Remove adjustment knob  from weight adjust bar to remove cable tension  Re   move cables from spring saddle     7  Remove eighteen  18  x mas tree clips from seat  frame to separate seat boot from frame     8  Remove two  2  roll pins that secure bearing shafts  to seat frame  Remove bearing shafts and split nylon  bushings from frame     9  Lift seat frame from suspension base     10 Remove nut and bolt that secure top of shock ab   sorber to suspension base     11  Slide spring saddle from spring arm while disengag   ing springs at top of suspension base     12 Remove springs from spring saddle  Pay close  attention to orientation of springs and spring saddle for  assembly purposes     13 Remove nut and bolt that secure bottom of shock ab   sorber to spring saddle  Remove shock absorber     Installation  Fig  29     1  Secure bottom of shock absorber to spring saddle  with nut and bolt     2  Attach springs to spring saddle in the same orienta   tion noted during removal     3  Positi
101. ade during disas   sembly to make sure the relief cartridges are  properly installed     32 Thread relief cartridges into correct center case  ports and torque from 24 to 27 ft lb  32 to 37 N   m   The  reverse relief valve cartridges can be identified by the  groove in the hex head  Fig  84      33 Apply clean grease to mating surfaces of center case  and valve plates to hold valve plates in position during  assembly  Install valve plates to dowel pins in center  plate     34 Install two  2  pins into transmission pump housing  bores  Position new gasket on pump housing     35 Position center case assembly to transmission pump  housing making sure that valve plates remain in posi   tion     36 Secure center case to transmission pump housing  with eight  8  socket head screws  Tighten screws even   ly in a crossing pattern and then torque screws from 17  to 19 ft lb  22     27 N   m         Figure 83  1  Bypass valve 4  Forward relief cartridge  2  Center case 5  Valve plate    3  Reverse relief cartridge       p o  A     Figure 84    Forward relief cartridge 3  Hexhead groove         2  Reverse relief cartridge       Figure 85    Center case 3  Pin  2 used   2  Pump housing         Hydraulic System Page 4 74 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    37 Install key into keyslot in RH pump shaft  Lubricate  inner and outer charge pump rotors with clean hydraulic  oil  Slide inner rotor onto pump shaft and align with key   Place outer rotor onto inner rotor        Figure 86    1  RH pump shaf
102. al Gear  2  PTO shaft 5  Clutch assembly  3  Spacer 6  Key    11  Apply clean hydraulic oil to friction plate and place in  transmission pump housing  Make sure that tabs on fric   tion plate are placed in housing grooves        Figure 74    1  Friction plate 2  Pump housing       12 Install PTO shaft assembly into transmission pump  housing  Make sure that tabs on friction plates are  placed in housing grooves        Figure 75  1  PTO shaft assembly 3  Friction plate tabs  2  Pump housing 4  Housing groove    Hydraulic System Page 4 70 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    13 If shafts were disassembled  install gear and two  2   bearings onto input shaft  RH pump shaft and or LH  pump shaft  Make sure that bearings are pressed fully  to the shaft shoulder     14 Lubricate seal rings and install seal ring onto RH and  LH pump shafts     15 Install RH and LH pump shaft assemblies into trans   mission pump housing  Then  install input shaft into  pump housing making sure to align input shaft gear  teeth with gears on PTO and pump shafts     16 Lubricate two  2  new O rings and install O rings  into grooves in pipe  Slide pipe assembly into bore of  transmission pump housing           Figure 76  1  RH pump shaft 3  Input shaft  2  LH pump shaft 4  Seal ring    2               cs   gt            Figure 77  1  Input shaft 3  LH pump shaft  2  RH pump shaft 4  Pipe assembly  Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 71 Hydraulic System    17 Place two  2  pins into transmission pump housing  holes  Pos
103. amaged    Transmission or wheel motor s  is worn or damaged      NOTE  If one traction circuit component has internal wear or dam   age  it is possible that other traction components are also dam   aged     Transmission by   pass valve s  is open   Transmission or wheel motor is worn or damaged      NOTE  If one traction circuit component has internal wear or dam   age  it is possible that other traction components are also dam   aged     Make up fluid from charge pump is not available   Check valves in transmission are damaged    Valve plate s  in transmission is worn or damaged   Wheel motor is worn or damaged     Cylinder block assembly in transmission is worn or damaged     Wheel motor is worn or damaged     Transmission components  e g  piston pump  relief valve  check  valve  for the problem wheel motor are worn or damaged      NOTE  If one traction circuit component has internal wear or dam   age  it is possible that other traction components are also dam   aged     External traction control linkage is misadjusted  disconnected  bind   ing or damaged     Transmission by   pass valve s  is open   Brake is dragging or binding   Transmission check valve is not seating or is damaged     Transmission or wheel motor s  is worn or damaged     Page 4     21 Hydraulic System    Hydraulic       Problem Possible Cause    Gear pump is noisy  cavitation   Hydraulic tank oil level is low     Hydraulic oil is very cold     Suction line is restricted     Suction line has an air leak  
104. ance  internal resistance  of a digital me   ter in the voltage mode will make sure that excess cur   rent is not allowed through the meter  This excess  current can cause damage to circuits not designed to  carry it     Skin Over Grease    Special non conductive grease which forms a light pro   tective skin to help waterproof electrical switches and  contacts     Toro Part Number  505   165    Battery Terminal Protector    Battery Terminal Protector is an aerosol spray that  should be used on battery terminals to reduce corrosion  problems  Apply terminal protector after battery cable  has been secured to battery terminal     Toro Part Number  107   0392    Electrical System Page 5 2       Figure 1       Figure 2       Figure 3    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Dielectric Gel    Dielectric gel should be used to prevent corrosion of  connection terminals  To ensure complete coating of ter   minals  liberally apply gel to both component and wire  harness connector  plug connector to component  un   plug connector  reapply gel to both surfaces and recon   nect harness connector to component  Connectors  should be thoroughly packed with gel for effective re     sults     Toro Part Number  107 0342    Battery Hydrometer    Use the Battery Hydrometer when measuring specific    gravity of battery electrolyte  Obtain this tool locally     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 5  3     DOW CORNING  111  SILICONE COMPOUND          oF CON wit  NS  WATER E  Figure 4    Figure 5       Electrica
105. and outer stators from sleeves and sta   tionary actuator     3  Inspect parking brake components  Replace com   plete brake assembly if excessive wear or damage to  any component is detected     Assembly  Fig  8   1  Position stationary stator on level work surface     2  Assemble brake components in order using Figure  8 as a guide     3  Secure brake assembly with hex bolts  item 4   sock   et head screws  item 15  and hex nuts  items 5 and 6    Torque fasteners to values identified in Figure 8        Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6   11 Chassis    Parking Brake Assembly    ISA O  N    Front brake rod  2 used    Hex nut  6 used    Flat washer  6 used   Compression spring  2 used   Swivel  2 used    Rear brake rod  2 used   Retaining ring  2 used   Retaining ring  2 used     Chassis    Figure 9  Hair pin  4 used       Cap screw  4 used      Brake lever grip     Brake handle     Phillips head screw  2 used     Flat washer  2 used      Brake switch     Switch nut    Page 6   12         Flange bearing  2 used      Cable tie     Brake pivot  2 used      Control bearing  4 used      Lock nut  4 used      Brake linkage yoke  2 used     Clevis spring pin  2 used      Frame bracket    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Fig  9     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine and remove key from the  ignition switch     2  Remove front panel under the operator seat  Fig   10      3  Ifremoval of brake handle  item 12  is necessary     A  On 
106. ar or  damage  If bearing cups are damaged  remove bearing  cups from frame and replace     9  If necessary  remove spacers  seals and bearings  from castor wheel using Figure 15 as a guide  Inspect  and replace all wheel components that show signs of  wear or damage     Assembly  Fig  13     1  If components were removed from castor wheel  as   semble castor wheel  Fig  15      A  Press bearing cups into castor wheel until they  are flush with shoulder in wheel     B  Install grease packed bearing cone into wheel   C  Install seals into wheel     D  Carefully fit bearing spacers and then castor  spacer into wheel     2  If bearing cups were removed from carrier frame   press new cups into carrier frame until they are flush with  shoulder in frame     3  Pack both bearing cones with new grease  Place  grease packed bearing cone into lower bearing cup of  carrier frame  Install new seal     4  Slide castor fork up through carrier frame taking care  to not damage seal  Position grease packed bearing  cone onto castor fork  Place three  3  belleville washers  onto castor fork noting orientation shown in Figure 14     IMPORTANT  After correctly tightening the lock nut  that secures castor fork to carrier frame  it should  take from 70 to 80 in  Ib  7 9 to 9 0 N   m  to rotate the  castor fork     5  Install lock nut onto castor fork  Tighten lock nut until  castor fork requires from 70 to 80 in Ib  7 9 to 9 0 N m   to rotate     6  Remove plug  item 12  from carrier frame  Using 
107. at base  see Operator  Seat Removal in the Service and Repair section of  Chapter 6     Chassis      3  Remove front cover from machine  Fig  30      Hydraulic System    Page 4   46    4  Remove brake handle from machine to allow remov   al of hydraulic tank  see Parking Brake Assembly in the  Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6     Chassis      5  Drain hydraulic oil from hydraulic tank     6  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  hydraulic tank to prevent hydraulic system contamina   tion     7  Label all hydraulic hoses and fittings for assembly  purposes  Remove hydraulic hoses from fittings on hy   draulic tank  Drain hoses into a suitable container     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    8  Put clean plugs in disconnected hydraulic hoses and  fittings to prevent system contamination     9  Remove two  2  washer head screws and tank sup   port that retain hydraulic tank to frame     10 Remove hydraulic tank toward front of machine     11  Inspect foam strips under hydraulic tank  Replace  strips if damaged     12 As needed  remove fittings from hydraulic tank using  Figure 29 as a guide  Discard and replace any removed  O rings     Hydraulic Tank Inspection  Fig  29     1  Clean hydraulic tank and suction strainer with sol   vent     2  Inspect hydraulic tank for leaks  cracks or other dam   age     Hydraulic Tank Installation  Fig  29     1  If suction strainer was removed from hydraulic tank   place new  lubricated O   ring on strainer  Thread strain   er i
108. both sides of machine  unlatch spring pin from  brake linkage yoke  Remove spring pin from yoke  and brake handle brackets     B  Support brake handle to prevent it from shifting or  falling     C  Remove cap screws and lock nuts that secure  flange bearings to frame     D  Remove brake handle and flange bearings from  machine     4  Remove additional parking brake components as  necessary using Figure 9 as a guide     Assembly  Fig  9     1  Assemble parking brake components as necessary  using Figure 9 as a guide     A  If brake linkage yoke was removed from front  brake rod  install yoke onto rod so that center to cen   ter length is from 8 290    to 8 350     21 1 to 21 2 cm    Fig  11      B  Make sure that cap screws  item 10  used to se   cure flange bearings  item 17  are installed from the  outside of the frame to the inside     2  After assembly of brake system  apply parking brake  and check length of compression spring on rear brake  rod  Spring length with brake applied should be from  2 880  to 3 000     7 4 to 7 6 cm   Fig  12   If necessary   adjust spring length with hex nuts on rear of brake rod     3  Check operation of parking brake and parking brake  switch     4  Install front panel to the machine  Fig  10      Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6   13       Figure 10  2  Washer head screw         8 290    to 8 350        21 1 to 21 2 cm        _         Compression spring       Figure 11  3  Brake linkage yoke    2 880    to 3 000      7 4 to 7 6 cm          
109. box shaft  see PTO Drive Shaft Installation in the  Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6     Chassis      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 7 7    4  Start engine and fully raise cutting deck  Stop engine  and remove key from the ignition switch     Be careful when connecting the pull links to the  machine  The pull link torsion springs may cause  some rotation of pull links during installation        5  Align pull link to carrier frame and attach link with re   tainer pin  Secure retainer pin to frame with shoulder  screw  Fig  1      6  Install HOC pin into HOC bracket to allow desired  height   of   cut  Fig  2      7  Install fuse F1  15 amp  into fuse block     Cutting Deck       Idler Assembly    Figure 4  1  Cutting deck 9  Grease fitting  2  Flat washer 10  Drive belt  3  LH spindle assembly 11  Idler pulley  4  Drive belt 12  Idler pulley  5  Snap ring 13  Center spindle assembly  6  Flange bushing 14  RH spindle assembly  7  Torsion spring 15  Socket head screw  8  Washer    Cutting Deck Page 7 8          16  17  18  19  20  21  22      Lock nut     RH idler arm    Drive pulley     Idler spacer     LH idler arm    Stop bolt     Jam nut    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  4     1  Park machine on a level surface with cutting deck  or  implement  lowered  Stop engine  engage parking  brake and remove key from the ignition switch     2  Lift the footrest  exposing the top of the cutting deck   Support the footrest with prop rod     3  Remove deck covers from 
110. c fluid escaping under  pressure can have sufficient force to penetrate  the skin and cause serious injury  If fluid is in   jected into the skin  it must be surgically re   moved within a few hours by a doctor familiar  with this type of injury  Gangrene may result from  such an injury        Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y    gt   Io       Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installation  O Ring Face Seal Fitting     1  Make sure threads and sealing surfaces of the hose   tube and the fitting are free of burrs  nicks  scratches or  any foreign material     2  As apreventative measure against leakage  it is rec   ommended that the face seal O   ring be replaced any  time the connection is opened  Make sure the O ring is  installed and properly seated in the fitting groove  Lightly  lubricate the O ring with clean hydraulic oil     3  Place the hose tube against the fitting body so that  the flat face of the hose tube sleeve fully contacts the O     ring in the fitting     4  Thread the swivel nut onto the fitting by hand  While  holding the hose tube with a wrench  use a torque  wrench to tighten the swivel nut to the recommended  installation torque shown in Figure 3  This tightening  process will require the use of an offset wrench  e g   crowfoot wrench   Use of an offset wrench will affect  torque wrench calibration due to the effective length  change of the torque wrench  Tightening torque when  using a torque wrench with an offset wrench will be lower  than the listed installa
111. cap and plug to  ensure that fluid leakage will not occur  Plastic  plugs will not hold hydraulic pressure that will be  developed during this test procedure     4  Place a steel cap on the open lift cylinder fitting to  seal the lift cylinder  Also  install a steel plug in the open  end of the disconnected hose to prevent leakage or con   tamination     5  Remove the jack stands from under the cutting deck   or implement   The cutting deck  or implement  should  settle slightly and then be supported by the capped lift  cylinder     6  Place a piece of tape on the lift cylinder rod near the  rod end  Fig  28   Measure and record the distance from  the lift cylinder collar to the tape location     7  Leave the machine parked for 4 hours and monitor  the lift cylinder  The weight of the cutting deck  or imple   ment  will cause the lift cylinder to gradually retract  Use  the change in distance from the lift cylinder collar to the  tape location to determine lift cylinder rod movement     A  If the cutting deck  or implement  is still sus   pended after 4 hours and lift cylinder rod movement  is less than 1 4     6 4 mm   consider that the lift cylin   der is in good condition  A lift cylinder in good  usable  condition will show minimal rod movement     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 4     41    B  Rod movement in excess of 1 4   6 4 mm  after 4  hours indicates a lift cylinder with internal seal dam   age or excessive internal wear  Replace or repair the  lift cylinder  s
112. ce with the slotted hex nut  DO NOT  fully tighten the nut or install the cotter pin     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 6   17    5  While rotating the wheel hub by hand  torque the  slotted hex nut from 75 to 100 in   lb  8 5 to 11 3 N   m  to  set the bearings  Then  loosen the nut until the hub has  endplay     6  While rotating the wheel hub by hand  torque the  slotted hex nut from 15 to 20 in Ib  1 7 to 2 3 N   m   while aligning hex nut slot with shaft hole  After tighten   ing  make sure that the wheel hub does not have any  free play     7  Install cotter pin   8  Install dust cap     9  Install drive track and wheels to machine   see Polar  Trac    Wheels Installation in this section   Make sure  that drive track is installed in the correct direction of rota   tion     10 Lower machine to ground     11  Torque all removed lug nuts evenly in a crossing pat   tern from 65 to 85 ft Ib  88 to 115 N   m      See text  for tightening  procedure    Figure 17  1  Dust cap 5  Bearing cup  2  Cotter pin 6  Wheel hub  3  Slotted hex nut 7  Wheel stud  5 used   4  Bearing cone 8  Seal    Chassis       PTO Drive Shaft    NS 175 to 225 in Ib   20 to 25 N m  A    4    175 to 225 in Ib   20 to 25 N m        Figure 18  1  Transmission assembly 3  Roll pin  2 used  5  PTO drive shaft  2  Cap screw  4 used  4  Lock nut  4 used  6  Cutting deck gearbox    Do not start the engine and engage the PTO  switch when the PTO drive shaft is discon   nected from the cutting deck  or impleme
113. ch  Polar Trac M  Glow Plug System Test                        8 Machines  as Peary sumy E rn 24  Check Operation of Interlock Switches           9 Fuel PUMP uote bm eR ERE Er EE S 25  COMPONENT TESTING                        10 Fuel Stop Solenoid                           26  Ignition Switch Lu  uu yaoa uyan eee 10 Glow Controller                              27  Indicator Lights                               11 SERVICE AND REPAIRS                       28  Hour Meter      hocico u a ee pk 12 PTO Solenoid Valve Coil                      28  PTO SWitch  iieri eid Paces 13 Battery Storage                              29  Neutral Switches                             14 Battery Care                                 29  Seat Switch                                 15 Battery Service                              30  Parking Brake Switch                         16    Electrical Schematics and Diagrams    The electrical schematics and other electrical drawings  for the Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 are located in  Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page5 1    Electrical System    o  o        o  2  wi       Special Tools    Order special tools from your Toro Distributor  Some  tools may also be available from a local tool supplier     Multimeter    The multimeter can test electrical components and cir   cuits for current  resistance or voltage     NOTE  Toro recommends the use of a DIGITAL Volt   Ohm Amp multimeter when testing electrical circuits   The high imped
114. chine to ground     16 1f the transmission or a wheel motor was replaced or  rebuilt  operate the traction circuit on level ground so  both drive wheels turn slowly for 10 minutes     17 Operate machine by gradually increasing its work  load to full over a 10 minute period     18 Stop the machine  Check hydraulic oil level and ad     just if necessary  do not overfill   Check hydraulic com   ponents for leaks  Tighten any loose connections     Hydraulic System    2         L3   cs   gt    T        o     N   gt    77        Hydraulic Tank    60 to 66 ft Ib   82 to 90 N m        16 to 18 ft   Ib   22 to 24 N m          Ping   C    66 to 70 ft lb   90 to 94 N m     Xo    D    66 to 70 ft lb   90 to 94 N m     4 19  Y      J  p  d    Figure 29  1  Hydraulic tank 12  Elbow fitting 23  R clamp  2  O ring 13  Hose clamp 24  Cap screw  3  Strainer 14  Hydraulic hose 25  Flange nut  4  Hose clamp 15  Hydraulic hose 26  Hydraulic hose  5  Hydraulic hose 16  Hose clamp 27  Straight fitting  6  Hydraulic hose 17  Hydraulic T fitting 28  Cable tie  7  Grommet 18  Hydraulic hose 29  Breather  8  Hose clamp 19  O ring 30  Washer head screw  2 used   9  Dipstick 20  Straight fitting 31  Tank support  10  O ring 21  Elbow fitting 32  O ring  11  Tank cap 22  Hose clamp 33  Plug    Hydraulic Tank Removal  Fig  29   1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Remove operator seat and se
115. cluded in the Component Testing section of this Chap   ter     NOTE  The machine is equipped with an interlock  switch on the parking brake  The engine will stop if the  traction control levers are moved from the neutral locked  position with the parking brake engaged     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5 9    1  Make sure all bystanders are away from the area of  operation  Keep hands and feet away from cutting deck   or implement      2  With operator in the seat  the engine must not start  with either the PTO switch in the ON position or the trac   tion control levers moved from the neutral locked posi   tion  Correct problem if machine is not operating    properly     3  With operator in the seat  the traction control levers  in the neutral locked position  the parking brake off and  the PTO switch in the OFF position  the engine should  start  Lift off the seat and slowly move traction control  levers from the neutral locked position  the engine  should stop in one to three seconds  Correct problem if  machine is not operating properly     Electrical System    SE        m  9  Sh  lu       Component Testing    For accurate resistance and or continuity checks  elec   trically disconnect the component being tested from the  circuit  e g  unplug the ignition switch connector before  doing a continuity check on the switch      NOTE  For engine component testing information  see  the Kubota Workshop Manual  Diesel Engine  05 Se   ries     Ignition Switch    The ignition  key  
116. ct negative cable first and then positive cable  see  Battery Service in the Service and Repairs section of  Chapter 5     Electrical System      7  Remove muffler from the engine  see Muffler Re   moval in this section      8  Remove radiator from machine  see Radiator Re   moval in this section   Remove fan shroud     9  Label all electrical wires for assembly purposes  Dis   connect electrical wires from engine     A  Negative battery cable  wire harness ground and  fuel stop solenoid  Fig  11      B  Glow plug bus  Fig  12      C  High temperature warning switch and high tem   perature shutdown switch  Fig  13      D  Starter motor  fusible link harness  alternator and  oil pressure switch     10 Disconnect throttle cable from the throttle support  bracket and swivel on the speed control lever  Position  cable away from engine     11  Disconnect fuel supply hose at injector pump  Fig   11   Disconnect return fuel hose from front injector  nozzle  Fig  12   Plug and position disconnected hoses  to prevent fuel leakage     12 Note location of cable ties securing the wire harness  to engine  Remove cable ties     13 Support transmission to prevent it from moving dur   ing engine removal     4h  CAUTION       When removing engine assembly  make sure lift  or hoist can safely support 250 pounds  114 kg    14  Attach a suitable lift or hoist to lift tabs on front and    rear of engine  Support engine with lift or hoist to prevent  engine from shifting or moving     15 Remove tw
117. d     A  Make sure that wheel hub and wheel motor shaft  are cleaned thoroughly     B  Install key to the slot on the wheel motor shaft   Slide wheel hub onto the shaft     C  Secure wheel hub to the motor shaft with lock nut     2  Place two  2  hardened washers on brake mounting  screws  Figs  5 and 6      IMPORTANT  When installing brake to brake sup   port  take care to not get Loctite on brake pad sur   face     3  Apply Loctite  271  or equivalent  to threads of brake  mounting screws  Secure parking brake to brake sup   port with two  2  lock nuts  Torque lock nuts from 35 to  40 ft lb  48 to 54 N m      4  Place brake support  with parking brake assembly  attached  to wheel hub disc and frame making sure that  disc is between the two  2  stators  brake pads  in the  brake assembly     5  Place four  4  cap screws and flange nuts in mount   ing holes of brake support and frame but do not fully  tighten     6  Adjust position of brake support so that the clear   ance between the wheel hub disc and both springs in the  parking brake  Fig  7  is from 0 030    to 0 070     0 8 to  1 7 mm   When clearance is correct  fully tighten fasten   ers     7  Attach brake rod assembly to parking brake lever  with flat washer and retaining ring     8  Secure wheel to machine with five  5  lug nuts     9  Lower wheel to ground  Torque wheel lug nuts in a  crossing pattern from 75 to 85 ft lb  102 to 115 N   m      10 If wheel hub was removed  apply parking brake and  torque lock nut  
118. dsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4 5    Hydraulic System    2         L3   cs   gt     lt      System       Adjustable Fitting  Fig  6     1  Make sure all threads and sealing surfaces of fitting  and component port are free of burrs  nicks  scratches  or any foreign material     2  As apreventative measure against leakage  it is rec   ommended that the O   ring be replaced any time the  connection is opened     3  Lightly lubricate the O ring with clean hydraulic oil   Fitting threads should be clean with no lubricant applied     4  Turn back the lock nut as far as possible  Make sure  the back up washer is not loose and is pushed up as far  as possible  Step 1 in Figure 7      IMPORTANT  Before installing fitting into port  de   termine port material  If fitting is to be installed into  an aluminum port  installation torque is reduced     5  Install the fitting into the port and tighten finger tight  until the washer contacts the face of the port  Step 2      6  To put the fitting in the desired position  unscrew it by  the required amount  but no more than one full turn   Step 3      7  Hold the fitting in the desired position with a wrench  and use a torque wrench to tighten the fitting to the rec   ommended installation torque shown in Figure 5  This  tightening process will require the use of an offset  wrench  e g  crowfoot wrench   Use of an offset wrench  will affect torque wrench calibration due to the effective  length change of the torque wrench  Tightening torque  when
119. dy  back plate and front plate  Make sure that  these surfaces are clean and dry     Hydraulic System    2         L3   cs   gt    T       9  Install dowel pins in body     IMPORTANT  Do not dislodge O rings  pressure  seals or back up rings during final assembly     10 Gently slide the back plate onto the assembly using  marker lines for proper location  Firm hand pressure  should be sufficient to engage the dowel pins     11 Place thin sleeve or tape on pump shaft splines to  prevent seal damage     12 Position the pump with back plate downwards  Care   fully slide the front plate onto the assembly using marker  lines for proper location  Take care to not damage the  seal during front plate installation  Remove sleeve or  tape from shaft splines     13 Install the four  4  socket head screws with lock  washers and hand tighten     Hydraulic System    Page 4   82    IMPORTANT  When clamping the pump in a vise   clamp only on mounting flange  DO NOT clamp  pump body in a vise     14 Clamp mounting flange of pump in a vise with the  shaft end down     15 Alternately torque the socket head screws 220 in Ib   25 N m      16 If implement relief valve was removed from back  plate  install relief valve  Torque relief valve 220 in Ib   25 N m      17 Put a small amount of hydraulic oil in inlet port of  pump and rotate input shaft one revolution  Place cou   pler on input shaft and use pliers on coupler to rotate  pump shaft  If input shaft binds  disassemble pump and  repeat assemb
120. e        Hydraulic System Page 4   22 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    2  55  CO      0  UO  gt     gt N   lt         This page is intentionally blank     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4   23 Hydraulic System    Testing    The most effective method for isolating problems in the  hydraulic system is by using hydraulic test equipment  such as pressure gauges and flow meters in the circuits  during various operational checks  see the Special  Tools section in this Chapter      Before Performing Hydraulic Tests    IMPORTANT  All obvious areas such as oil supply   oil filter  binding linkages  loose fasteners or im   proper adjustments must be checked before as   suming that a hydraulic component is the source of  the problem     Precautions for Hydraulic Testing    Failure to use gauges with expected pressure   psi  rating as listed in test procedures could re   sult in damage to the gauge and possible person   al injury from leaking hot oil     All testing should be performed by two  2   people  One person should be in the seat to oper   ate the machine  The second person should  monitor test equipment and record test results     Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks or  nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high pres   sure  Do not use hands to search for leaks  use  paper or cardboard  Hydraulic fluid escaping un   der pressure can have sufficient force to pene   trate the skin and cause serious injury  If fluid is  injected into the skin  it must be surgically re   moved w
121. e Cable in the  Adjustments section of this chapter      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 3   17    19 Connect and secure positive battery cable to the bat   tery  Then connect negative battery cable     20 Install air cleaner to the engine  see Air Cleaner As   sembly Installation in this section      21 Check engine oil level and adjust as needed     22 Secure rear panel to frame with six  6  flange head  screws  Fig  10      23 Install hood to the machine  see Hood Installation in  the Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6     Chas   sis      24 Bleed fuel system     25 Close and latch hood  Lower operator seat     Kubota Diesel Engine    E      s3  Su  s    o    lt  Y  2  a       This page is intentionally blank     Kubota Diesel Engine Page 3     18 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    TORO        Table of Contents    SPECIFICATIONS  GENERAL INFORMATION  Hydraulic Hoses  Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installation  Hydraulic Fitting Installation  Operator   s Manual  Pushing Traction Unit  Relieving Hydraulic System Pressure  Traction Circuit  Closed Loop  Component  Failure  HYDRAULIC SCHEMATICS  HYDRAULIC FLOW DIAGRAMS  Traction Circuits  Lift Circuit  Raise   Lift Circuit  Lower   PTO Circuit  SPECIAL TOOLS  Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit  Hydraulic Tester  Pressure and Flow   Hydraulic Test Fitting Kit  O Ring Kit  High Pressure Hydraulic Oil Filter  TROUBLESHOOTING  TESTING  Traction System Operation Testing  Charge Relief Valve Pressure Test  Transmission Piston Pump Flow Test  Trac
122. e cou   pling from engine     21 If necessary  remove engine mount and muffler  bracket from engine     Engine Installation  Fig  9     1  Make sure that all engine components removed dur   ing maintenance or rebuilding are installed to the en   gine     2  If removed  install engine mount and muffler bracket  to engine with cap screws and lock washers  Torque cap  screws from 50 to 60 ft Ib  68 to 81 N m      3  If flywheel coupling was removed from engine  apply  Loctite  271  or equivalent  to threads of six  6  cap  screws and secure coupling to engine flywheel  Torque  cap screws 19 ft lb  25 7 N   m      4  Position two  2  dowel pins to engine endplate     5  Support transmission to prevent it from moving dur   ing engine installation     When installing engine assembly  make sure lift  or hoist can safely support 250 pounds  114 kg         6  Connect lift or hoist to the front and rear engine lift  tabs     Kubota Diesel Engine    Page 3   16       Figure 13    1  Temp shutdown switch 2  Temp warning switch    One person should operate lift or hoist while a  second person guides the engine assembly into  the machine        IMPORTANT  Make sure to not damage the engine   flywheel housing  fuel or hydraulic lines  electrical  harness or other parts while installing the engine   Also  make sure that transmission does not shift  during engine installation     7  Carefully lower engine assembly into the machine   Move engine toward the front ofthe machine while align   ing
123. e hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        2  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck   or implement  lowered and off  Make sure engine is off     3  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed at the  beginning of this section     Before jacking up the machine  review and follow  Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1     Safety        4  Raise and support machine with jack stands so that  both rear wheels are off the ground  In this test  the rear  wheels need to spin freely to allow hydraulic flow  through the traction circuit  Make sure that the parking  brake is not applied     5  Thoroughly clean transmission area surrounding  traction circuit hoses on top of transmission  Fig  16    Determine which piston pump is to be tested     6  Disconnect hydraulic hose from transmission pump  outlet fitting for piston pump to be tested  Fig  16      Piston Pump to be Tested Pump Outlet    PortA    Right Side Pump  Left Side Pump       7  Install hydraulic tester  pressure and flow  in series  between the pump outlet fitting and the disconnected  hose  Make sure that the tester flow arrow points from  the pump outlet and toward the hose  Make sure the  flow control valve on the tester is fully open     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     29    8  Sit in the operator seat  start engine and run at low  idle speed  1500 to 1650 RPM   Check for any hydraulic  leakage 
124. ect hy   draulic hoses to lift cylinder fittings using labels placed  during lift cylinder removal  see Hydraulic Hose and  Tube Installation in the General Information section of  this chapter      6  Lubricate grease fittings on cylinder pivot pins     7  Make sure hydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       Polar Trac    Lift Cylinder Service    3              N p                                Y na           NG          250 to 300 ft Ib   339 to 406 N m        Figure 110  1  Cap seal 6  O ring 10  Retaining ring  2  Barrel 7  Rod 11  Back up ring  3  Lock nut 8  Wiper 12  Piston  4  O ring 9  Seal 13  Wear ring  5  Head    Hydraulic System Page 4   98 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Fig  110     1  Remove oil from lift cylinder into a drain pan by slowly  pumping the cylinder rod  Plug both ports and clean the  outside of the cylinder     IMPORTANT  Prevent damage when clamping the  lift cylinder into a vise  clamp on the clevis end of  the barrel ONLY     2  Mount lift cylinder securely in a vise by clamping on  the clevis end of the barrel  Use of a vise with soft jaws  is recommended     3  Using a spanner wrench  rotate head clockwise until  the edge of the retaining ring appears in the barrel open   ing  Insert a screwdriver under the beveled edge of the  retaining ring to start the retaining ring through the open   ing  Rotate the head counter   clockwise to remove re   taining ring from barrel
125. ectrical connec  1  Harness connector 3  Flange nut  tor from the seat switch harness connector  Fig  28   2  Eatenengl      4  Support seat and latch angles to prevent them from  shifting during seat removal     5  Remove four  4  flange nuts that secure seat and  latch angles to seat plate  Remove seat from machine     6  Remove seat parts as necessary using Figure 27 as  a guide     Installation  Fig  27     1  Install all removed seat parts using Figure 27 as a  guide     2  Position seat and latch angles to seat plate  Secure  assembly with four  4  flange nuts     3  Connect wire harness electrical connector to the  seat switch harness  Fig  28      4  Lower and latch seat        5  Check operation of operator seat switch     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6   25 Chassis    Operator Seat Service    fo m NO e0    Bottom cushion   Back cushion   Armrest   RH armrest mount assembly  Back panel   LH armrest mount assembly  Seat frame assembly  Lumbar support knob   Label    Chassis    Figure 29      Shock absorber assembly     Suspension spring  2 used     Suspension base     Spring saddle     Bearing shaft     Hex nut     Cable  2 used      Weight adjust bar     Label    Page 6     26    2    ge            Pa 3  erp 4 P  E    V    6         Weight adjustment knob    Weight indicator     Washer     Back rest knob     Label     Seat switch     Seat adjuster     Seat adjuster  slave      Seat boot    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  29     1  Remove operator seat from m
126. ee Lift Cylinder and Lift Cylinder Ser   vice in the Service and Repairs section of this chap   ter      8  Once lift cylinder condition has been determined   use a jack to raise both sides of the cutting deck  or im   plement  slightly which will remove the load from the lift  cylinder  Support both sides of the cutting deck  or im   plement  with jack stands  Remove the cap from the cyl   inder fitting and the plug from the hydraulic hose   Connect the hydraulic hose to the lift cylinder fitting     9  Remove tape from lift cylinder rod     10  Remove the jack stands from under the cutting deck   or implement   Start engine and operate lift cylinder  through several raise and lower cycles  Stop the engine  and check for any leakage     11  Check oil level in hydraulic reservoir        Figure 27    1  Lift cylinder 2  Barrel end hose    MEASURED  DISTANCE          Figure 28    1  Lift cylinder collar 2  Tape    Hydraulic System    2  E  S  3  LE  r       o     D   gt   n       This page is intentionally blank     Hydraulic System Page 4   42 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Service and Repairs    General Precautions for Removing and Installing Hydraulic System Components    Before Repair or Replacement of Components    1  Before removing any parts from the hydraulic sys   tem  park machine on a level surface  engage parking  brake  lower cutting deck  or implement  and stop en   gine  Remove key from the ignition switch     2  Thoroughly clean machine before disconnecting  re   mo
127. eginning of this section     4  Thoroughly clean transmission area surrounding  pressure valve test port  Fig  20      5  Remove plug from pressure valve test port  Fig  20    Connect hydraulic pressure gauge  1000 PSI   70 bar   with an attached hydraulic hose to the test port     6  Start engine and run at low idle speed  1500 to 1650  RPM   Check for any hydraulic leakage from test con   nections and correct before proceeding with test     7  With engine running  move throttle to full speed   3200 RPM      4h  caution    Keep away from deck  or implement  during test  to prevent personal injury     8  Have operator engage PTO and monitor the pres   sure gauge        9  With the engine running at full speed and PTO en   gaged  pressure should be from 280 to 340 PSI  19 3 to  23 4 bar      10 Disengage PTO and then stop engine  Record test  results     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   35    11  If specification is not met  repair or replace pressure  valve in transmission  see Transmission Service in the  Service and Repairs section of this chapter   Also con   sider a worn or damaged charge pump in the transmis   sion  traction charge circuit would be affected as well      12 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Disconnect test gauge from pressure valve  test port  Install plug into port and torque plug from 14 to  15 ft lb  18 to 21 N m      Pressure Valve  Test Port          Figure 20    Hydra
128. el from  rotating during test     Use extreme caution when performing test  The  rear wheel that is being tested will be trying to  move the machine forward        11  While sitting in operator seat  slowly push traction  control lever for wheel motor being tested in the forward  direction until 1000 PSI  69 bar  is displayed on the test   er pressure gauge     12  Wheel motor internal leakage will be shown on the  tester flow meter in GPM  LPM      13 Return traction control lever to the neutral position   Shut off engine and record test results  Rotate wheel  and retest  Testing of wheel motor leakage in three  3   different wheel positions will provide the most accurate  test results     14 Flow should be less than 1 5 GPM  5 7 LPM  for the  tested wheel motor  If specification is not met  the  tested wheel motor needs to be repaired or replaced     15 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Disconnect tester from pump outlet fitting and  hydraulic hose  Connect hose to pump fitting     16 If other wheel motor requires testing  complete steps  6 to 15 for the remaining motor     17 After testing is completed  remove jumper wire from  parking brake harness connector  Connect wire harness  to parking brake switch  see Parking Brake Switch in the  Components section of Chapter 5     Electrical System    Make sure that brake switch operation is correct     Hydraulic System    o  35   o  CO o  o     gt   
129. elay and glow plugs  see Chapter 8     Fold   out Diagrams      B  Verify continuity of the circuitry from the battery to  ignition switch  glow controller  glow plug indicator  light  glow relay and ground  see Chapter 8     Foldout  Diagrams      C  Replace parts as necessary     6  Connect wire harness electrical connector to the fuel  stop solenoid     Ne       Figure 37  1  Control panel cover 2  Glow plug controller    WADE IN JAPAN    NGK    LE S  CONTROLLER 8127    TOU 10 17045 65661  DEL TGC7OI6A    NEL SPARK PLUG C8   LTO     i    CONTROLLER  CONNECTIONS       START 1 4   TEMP  not used                VIOLET               ORANGE BLK WHITE         12V  3 6  GROUND          I   LAMP 2    5 GLOW                BLACK       PINK          Figure 38    1  Controller top view 2  Controller end view    Electrical System     es   SE            o2  259  Llu       Service and Repairs    NOTE  For engine electrical component repair informa   tion  see the Kubota Workshop Manual  Diesel Engine   05 Series     PTO Solenoid Valve Coil   The PTO solenoid valve coil on the transmission  Fig   39  can be replaced without opening the hydraulic sys   tem    Removal   1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   engage parking brake  stop engine and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Disconnect the wire harness electrical connector  from the PTO solenoid valve coil connector     3  Remove the nut from the spool assembly     4  Slide the coil assembly f
130. em  15  and plug  item 9  with new O ring  item 21  into con   trol valve  Torque plugs from 35 to 40 ft lb  47 to 54  N m      12 Install new O ring to detent plug  item 16   Lubricate  detent ball  item 1  and spring  item 17  with clean hy   draulic fluid and install into detent plug     13 Install detent plug assembly to control valve  Torque  plug from 10 to 15 ft Ib  14 to 20 N   m      14 1f plug was removed  carefully thread plug into con   trol valve housing  Fig  102   Torque plug from 60 to 70  ft Ib  81 to 94 N m      60 to 70 ft Ib   81 to 94 N m        Figure 102    1  Lift control valve 3  O ring    2  Plug    Hydraulic System    o  35  o  CO a    0    gt   oP       Polar Trac    Hydraulic Control Valve       Figure 103  1  Hydraulic hose 9  Hydraulic hose 16  Hydraulic hose  2  O ring 10  O ring 17  Hydraulic hose  3  45  hydraulic fitting 11  Hydraulic hose 18  Hydraulic cylinder  4  O ring 12  90  hydraulic fitting 19  Hydraulic hose  5  90  hydraulic fitting 13  O ring 20  90  hydraulic fitting  6  O ring 14  Flange nut  2 used  21  Hydraulic control valve  7  Hair pin  2 used  15  Hydraulic fitting 22  Carriage screw  2 used   8  45  hydraulic fitting    Hydraulic System Page 4   88 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  103     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        1  Park machine on a level sur
131. en  rotate counterclockwise  both of the valves  from one  1  to two  2  turns     IMPORTANT  Do not push the machine faster than  2 mph because the drive system may be damaged   If machine must be moved a considerable distance   more than a few feet   transport it on a truck or trail   er     2  Slowly push machine     3  Before starting engine  tighten both by pass valves  to close them  Torque valves from 62 to 79 in Ib  7 to  9 N m   Do not start engine when by pass valves are  open     Relieving Hydraulic System Pressure    Before disconnecting or performing any work on the  Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 hydraulic system  all  pressure in the hydraulic system must be relieved     To relieve hydraulic pressure in the traction circuit  park  machine on a level surface with the cutting deck  or im   plement  lowered and off  Turn key switch to OFF and  allow engine to stop  If machine is parked on an incline  or slope  pressure in the traction circuit WILL NOT be re   lieved     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4 7       Figure 8  2  By pass valve    1  Transmission    To relieve hydraulic pressure in lift circuit  fully lower the  cutting deck  or implement  onto solid blocks  Turn key  switch to OFF and allow engine to stop  Make sure that  after lowering  the cutting deck  or implement  is not be   ing supported by the lift cylinder     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     Io       Traction Circuit  Closed Loop  Component Failure    The traction system on Groundsmaster 7
132. enished     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   11    A charge pump in the transmission supplies hydraulic  flow for maintaining 70 to 100 PSI  4 8 to 6 9 bar  to the  low pressure side of both of the traction circuits  The  charge pump also provides pressure for the transmis   sion PTO drive system  The charge pump replenishes  the closed loop traction circuits with fluid from the hy   draulic tank  The charge relief valve in the transmission  maintains sufficient pressure so that charge pump flow  is guided past check valves to the low pressure side of  each traction circuit  Charge pump flow in excess of sys   tem requirements is relieved through the charge relief  valve back to the hydraulic tank     Both of the transmission traction circuits include a flush   ing valve that bleeds off a small amount of hydraulic fluid  for cooling of the closed loop traction circuits  The flush   ing valves are opened only during forward direction op   eration  When the flushing valves are unseated  some  oil from the low pressure side of the traction loop is re   turned to the hydraulic tank  Oil loss from the closed loop  due to the flushing valve is replenished by the charge    pump   Reverse    The traction circuit operates essentially the same in re   verse as it does in forward     When a traction lever is pulled rearward  the rod con   nected to the lever positions the swash plate in the trans   mission piston pump to provide oil flow from the  transmission  port B for the RH side
133. ent      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   13    Load on the lift cylinder causes lift circuit pressure to in   crease  If lift circuit pressure reaches implement relief  valve pressure  3000 PSI 207 bar   the relief valve in the  gear pump shifts to allow pump flow to return to the hy   draulic tank  This condition occurs in both the raise and  lower modes     When the lift control lever is released from RAISE   spring action returns the control valve spool to its origi   nal  centered position  stopping lift cylinder movement   Gear pump flow is again bypassed through the oil cool   er  transmission and to the hydraulic tank  The pilot  check valve in the control valve will be reseated to lock  the lift cylinder in place     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       P    A                                                                             req 922  ISd 000P INVA    SINIYA 431738 ONIHSM4                                                                                     IANYA          SSvdAg    Qquvwuod    1HOd     ps  WV3H    gt  gt  01    OF 00      VW  HOLOM  Va 133HMHI    1HOd  1NOYyW3                                                 INVA  ONIHSMS                                                          INVA          SSvdAa8    QHVMHO4    1HOd ISI   INOHA    gt  gt  QI    OF 00       YN HOLOW  Ca  TMH    1HOd  uvad                       ueq 922  ISd 0007  SIATIVA 471134                               rra    X                 ONILOVH L38    IONNAO LIN    MO
134. er ring from the spindle housing     6  Using an arbor press  remove both of the bearing  cups and the outer bearing spacer from the housing     7  The large snap ring can remain inside the spindle  housing  Removal of this snap ring is very difficult     Assembly  Fig  10     NOTE  A replacement spindle bearing set contains two   2  bearings  a spacer ring and a large snap ring  items  1  2 and 3 in Fig  11   These parts cannot be purchased  separately  Also  do not mix bearing set components  from one deck spindle to another     NOTE  A replacement bearing spacer set includes the  inner spacer and outer spacer  items 4 and 5 in Fig  11    Do not mix bearing spacers from one deck spindle to  another     IMPORTANT  If new bearings are installed into a  used spindle housing  it may not be necessary to re   place the original large snap ring  If the original  snap ring is in good condition with no evidence of  damage  e g  spun bearing   leave the snap ring in  the housing and discard the snap ring that comes  with the new bearings  If the large snap ring is found  to be damaged  replace the snap ring     1  If large snap ring was removed from spindle housing   install snap ring into housing groove  Make sure snap  ring is fully seated in housing groove     2  Install outer spacer into top of spindle housing  The  spacer should fit against the snap ring        DARON    n     Cutting Deck Page 7   12    130 to 150 ft Ib   176 to 203 N m        Figure 10  Lock nut 7  Bearing set 
135. er use or maintenance by the operator or owner of the  machine can result in injury  To reduce the potential for  any injury  comply with the following safety instructions  as well as information found in the Operator s Manual     Supervisor   s Responsibilities    1  Make sure operators are thoroughly trained and fa   miliar with the Operator s Manual  Operator Training  DVD and all of the operating and safety decals on the  machine     2  Be sure to establish your own special procedures  and work rules for unusual operating conditions  e g     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 1 1    Chapter 1    Safety    To reduce the potential for injury or death   comply with the following safety instructions        slopes too steep for machine operation   Survey mow   ing site completely to determine which hills can be  Operated on safely  When performing this site survey   always use common sense and take into consideration  the turf condition and the rollover risk  To perform a site  survey  follow the procedure outlined in the Operator   s  Manual     Safety       Before Operating    1  Review and understand the contents of the Opera   tor s Manual and Operator Training DVD before starting  and operating the machine  Become familiar with the  controls and know how to stop the machine and engine  quickly  A replacement Operator s Manual is available  on the Internet at www  Toro com or by sending the com   plete model and serial number to     The Toro Company   Attn  Technical Publicat
136. ers 1 609  Measurement Yards Meters 0 9144  Feet Meters 0 3048  Feet Centimeters 30 48  Inches Meters 0 0254  Inches Centimeters 2 54  Inches Millimeters 25 4  Area Square Miles Square Kilometers 2 59  Square Feet Square Meters 0 0929  Square Inches Square Centimeters 6 452  Acre Hectare 0 4047  Volume Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0 7646  Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0 02832  Cubic Inches Cubic Centimeters 16 39  Weight Tons  Short  Metric Tons 0 9078  Pounds Kilograms 0 4536  Ounces  Avdp   Grams 28 3495  Pressure Pounds Sq  In  Kilopascal 6 895  Pounds Sq  In  Bar 0 069  Work Foot pounds Newton Meters 1 356  Foot pounds Kilogram Meters 0 1383  Inch pounds Kilogram Centimeters 1 152144  Liquid Volume Quarts Liters 0 9463  Gallons Liters 3 785  Liquid Flow Gallons Minute Liters Minute 3 785  Temperature Fahrenheit Celsius 1  Subract 32      2  Multiply by 5 9       Product Records and Maintenance    Page 2 2    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Torque Specifications    Recommended fastener torque values are listed in the  following tables  For critical applications  as determined  by Toro  either the recommended torque or a torque that  is unique to the application is clearly identified and spe   cified in this Service Manual     These Torque Specifications for the installation and  tightening of fasteners shall apply to all fasteners which  do not have a specific requirement identified in this Ser   vice Manual  The following factors should be considered  when applying torque  cleanliness o
137. essure  of 1000 PSI  69 bar  cannot be obtained  check for re   striction in the pump inlet line  If inlet line is not restricted   remove gear pump and repair or replace as necessary     NOTE  Implement relief valve pressure can also be  tested with hydraulic tester  pressure and flow  in series  with the gear pump fitting and the disconnected hose   Use pressure gauges on hydraulic tester and follow pro   cedure for Implement Relief Pressure Test in this sec   tion     14 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Disconnect tester from lift control valve fitting  and hydraulic hose  Reconnect hose to the control valve  fitting        Figure 25  2  Hose from gear pump    1  Lift control valve    Hydraulic System    e     5   35  o       Lift Cylinder Internal Leakage Test             HOLS      Old    uds 0522 ME                            LJ                                                                                                                     eq 972  ISd 000     331738    INVA  ONIHSM14                   H                                                  aasiva  ATIVILHYA                    HIONNAO 13N    ONILIVH1L3H  tI3GNI TAS  404 M93H9                         v                 Y             INIYA  9NIHSN13      INVA         SSWdAd    INN YI vit    vv    QHVMHO0O3       gt  gig oF     HOLOW  133HM HI                                                             INVA          SSVvdAa    Qquv
138. ew  3 used  33  Exhaust gasket  5  Carriage screw  2 used  20  Fuel water separator 34  Wire harness ground    bo een 21  Fuel hose 35  Fan pulley   22  Lock washer 36  V belt   S Fan Spacer 23  Negative battery cabl 37  C 4 used  9  Flange head screw  4 used    Neg artery cabro y Zab screw  4 used   10  Cooling fan 24  Flange nut  4 used  38  E ring  11  Engine  GM 7200 shown  25  Rear mount 39  Hose clamp  3 used   12  Lock nut  2 used  26  Lock washer  9 used  40  Hose clamp  13  Separator bracket 27  Cap screw  8 used  41  Throttle cable  14  Flange head screw  8 used  28  Socket head screw  2 used  42  Flange nut  3 used   15  Fuel hose  return  29  Engine mount  2 used  43  Flywheel housing    Engine Removal  Fig  9     NOTE  When removing the engine using the following  procedure  the flywheel housing and transmission will  remain in the machine     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting unit     or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     Kubota Diesel Engine    Page 3   14    2  Remove hood from machine  see Hood Removal in  the Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6     Chas   sis      3  Raise and support operator seat     4  Remove six  6  flange head screws that retain rear  panel to frame  Fig  10   Remove rear panel     5  Remove air cleaner from the engine  see Air Cleaner  Assembly Removal in this section      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    6  Disconnect both battery cables at the battery  Dis   conne
139. f Valve Pressure Test should be per   formed if a traction circuit problem is identified  This test  will determine if a transmission relief valve is operating  correctly     Procedure for Traction Relief Valve Pressure Test        1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature  Also  make sure that traction drive is correctly  adjusted for the neutral position     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        2  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck   or implement  lowered and off  Make sure engine is off  and that the parking brake is not applied     3  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed at the  beginning of this section     4  Thoroughly clean transmission area surrounding  traction circuit hoses on top of transmission  Fig  17    Determine which traction relief valve is to be tested     5  Disconnect hydraulic hose from transmission pump  outlet fitting for relief valve to be tested  Fig  17      Relief Valve to be Tested Pump Outlet  Right Side Forward Port A    Port B  Port C    Right Side Reverse  Left Side Forward  Left Side Reverse       6  Install hydraulic tester  pressure and flow  in series  with the pump outlet and the disconnected hose  Make  sure that the tester flow arrow points from the pump out   let port and toward the hose for the relief valve direction  that i
140. f the fastener  use  of a thread sealant  e g  Loctite   degree of lubrication  on the fastener  presence of a prevailing torque feature   e g  Nylock nut   hardness of the surface underneath  the fastener s head or similar condition which affects the  installation     Fastener Identification    Grade 1 Grade 5  Inch Series Bolts and Screws    Figure 1    Using a Torque Wrench with an Offset Wrench    Use of an offset wrench  e g  crowfoot wrench  will affect  torque wrench calibration due to the effective change of  torque wrench length  When using a torque wrench with  an offset wrench  multiply the listed torque recommen   dation by the calculated torque conversion factor  Fig   3  to determine proper tightening torque  Tightening  torque when using a torque wrench with an offset  wrench will be lower than the listed torque recommen   dation     Example  The measured effective length of the torque  wrench  distance from the center of the handle to the  center of the square drive  is 18        The measured effective length of the torque wrench with  the offset wrench installed  distance from the center of  the handle to the center of the offset wrench  is 19        The calculated torque conversion factor for this torque  wrench with this offset wrench would be 18   19   0 947     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 2 3    As noted in the following tables  torque values should be  reduced by 25  for lubricated fasteners to achieve  the similar stress as a dry fastener  Torque va
141. f the ground     5  Disconnect wire harness connector from parking  brake switch  see Parking Brake Switch in the Compo   nents section of Chapter 5     Electrical System   Install  jumper wire across harness connector terminals to al   low traction circuit operation with the parking brake ap   plied     6  Thoroughly clean transmission area surrounding  traction circuit hoses on top of transmission  Fig  18    Determine which wheel motor is to be tested     7  Disconnect hydraulic hose from transmission pump  outlet fitting for wheel motor to be tested  Fig  18      Wheel Motor to be Tested Pump Outlet    Right Side Motor Port A   eft Side Motor       Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   33    8  Install hydraulic tester  pressure and flow  in series  between the pump outlet fitting and the disconnected  hose  Make sure that the tester flow arrow points from  the pump outlet and toward the hose  Make sure the  flow control valve on the tester is fully open     9  Start engine and run at low idle speed  1500 to 1650  RPM   Check for any hydraulic leakage from test con   nections and correct before proceeding with test     IMPORTANT  Do not run engine at full speed when  performing this test using Toro Hydraulic Tester   Pressure and Flow   TOR214678   Traction pump  output at full engine speed can damage hydraulic  tester     10 Using a phototac to measure engine speed  move  throttle so engine speed is 2800 RPM  not full speed    Make sure parking brake is applied to keep whe
142. face  lower implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and remove key  from the ignition switch     2  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  control valve to prevent hydraulic system contamina   tion     3  Label all hydraulic hoses and fittings for assembly  purposes     4  Disconnect hydraulic hoses connected to the hy   draulic fittings on the control valve  Allow hoses to drain  into a suitable container  Install clean plugs in hose  openings to prevent system contamination     5  Remove hair pins that secure lever valve links to con   trol valve spools  Fig  104   Slide links from spools     6  Support the control valve to prevent it from falling  during removal     7  Remove two  2  carriage screws and flange nuts that  secure control valve to machine  Remove control valve  from machine     8  If necessary  remove hydraulic fittings from control  valve  Note orientation of fittings for assembly purposes   Remove and discard O rings from fittings     Installation  Fig  103     1  If hydraulic fittings were removed from control valve   lubricate and install new O rings to fittings  Install fit   tings into valve ports  see Hydraulic Fitting Installation  in the General Information section of this chapter    Orientate fittings as noted during removal     2  Position control valve to machine frame and secure  with two  2  carriage screws and flange nuts     3  Attach lift lever valve links to control valve spools and  secure with hair pins  Fig  104      
143. face  lower implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and remove key  from the ignition switch     2  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  lift cylinder to prevent hydraulic system contamination     3  Label hydraulic hoses for assembly purposes     4  Disconnect hydraulic hoses connected to the hy   draulic fittings on the lift cylinder  Install clean plugs in  hose openings to prevent system contamination     5  Remove lock nut  screw and pivot pin that secure lift  cylinder barrel end to carrier frame     6  Remove lock nut  screw and pivot pin that secure lift  cylinder rod end to lift arm     7  Remove lift cylinder from machine     8  If necessary  remove hydraulic fittings from lift cylin   der  Note orientation of fittings for assembly purposes   Remove and discard O rings from fittings     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   97    Installation  Fig  109     1  If hydraulic fittings were removed from lift cylinder  lu   bricate and install new O rings to fittings  Install fittings  into lift cylinder ports  see Hydraulic Fitting Installation  in the General Information section of this chapter    Orientate fittings as noted during removal     2  Position lift cylinder to the machine     3  Secure cylinder barrel end to carrier frame with pivot  pin  screw and lock nut     4  Secure cylinder rod end to lift arm with pivot pin   screw and lock nut     5  Remove plugs that were installed in hydraulic hoses  during the removal procedure  Correctly conn
144. for as   sembly purposes  The reverse relief valve cartridges  can be identified by the groove in the hex head  Fig  50      20 Remove valve plates from center case  Mark the  positions of the valve plates so they can be assembled  in the same position        Figure 48    1  Center case  2  Pump housing    3  Pin  2 used        Figure 49    1  Bypass valve  2  Center case  3  Reverse relief cartridge       kd    4  Forward relief cartridge  5  Valve plate       p o  v    Figure 50    1  Forward relief cartridge  2  Reverse relief cartridge    Hydraulic System Page 4     60    3  Hex head groove    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    21 Remove six  6  hex plugs from center case  Remove  and discard O   rings from plugs     22 Remove RH and LH flushing valve plugs  springs  and valves from center case  Note differences in flush   ing valves and their locations for assembly purposes   Remove and discard O   rings from plugs     23  Taking care to not drop pistons from cylinder block   slide both cylinder block assemblies from pump shafts   Mark the positions of the cylinder blocks so they can be  assembled in the same position     24 Slide pipe assembly from bore of transmission pump  housing  Remove and discard O   rings from grooves in    pipe     25 Remove retaining ring that secures PTO shaft oil  seal into housing bore  Remove spacer and oil seal from  housing taking care to not damage housing bore     26 Remove thrust plate from each swash plate  For as   sembly purposes  note that
145. from test connections and correct before pro   ceeding with test     IMPORTANT  Do not run engine at full speed when  performing this flow test using Toro Hydraulic Tes   ter  Pressure and Flow   TOR214678   Traction  pump output at full engine speed can damage hy   draulic tester     9  Using a phototac to measure engine speed  move  throttle so engine speed is 2800 RPM  not full speed      10 Have operator slowly push traction lever for pump  being tested to fully forward position  Leave other trac   tion lever in neutral position     11  Slowly close tester flow control valve until pressure  gauge reads 1000 PSI  69 bar   Verify with a phototac  that the engine speed is still 2800 RPM     12 Observe flow gauge  TESTER READING should be  approximately 13 3 GPM  50 3 LPM  for a traction pump  in good condition     13 Open tester flow control valve  release traction lever  to the neutral position and stop engine  Record test re   sults     14 Normal traction pump flow is 13 3 GPM  50 3 LPM    Lower pump flow would result in reduced traction circuit  performance  If flow is less than 11 GPM  41 6 LPM  or  a pressure of 1000 PSI  69 bar  cannot be obtained     A  The traction control lever may need adjustment     B  Ifthe engine speed drops excessively as the test   er flow control valve is closed  engine performance  should be evaluated  see Chapter 3     Kubota Diesel  Engine      C  If engine speed does not drop and pressure and  flow specifications are not met  the tested t
146. fy coil resistance between terminals 85 and 86  with a multimeter  ohms setting   Resistance should be  approximately 72 ohms     4  Connect multimeter  ohms setting  leads to relay ter   minals 30 and 87  Ground terminal 86 and apply  12  VDC to terminal 85  The relay should make and break  continuity between terminals 30 and 87 as 412 VDC is  applied and removed from terminal 85     SE      2  9  o D  lu                      5  Disconnect voltage and leads from the relay termi   nals        6  Connect wire harness electrical connector to glow    relay after testing is completed  Figure 26    7  Close and secure hood     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 5   21 Electrical System    High Temperature Warning Switch    The high temperature warning switch is attached to the  water pump housing on the engine and has a yellow wire  attached to it  Fig  27   This switch is normally open and  closes when engine coolant temperature reaches  approximately 220  F  105  C      When engine coolant temperature rises to approximate   ly 220  F  105  C   the high temperature warning switch  closes  The closed switch causes the High Temperature  Warning Light on the console to illuminate and also pro   vides an input to the Standard Control Module  SCM    This input causes the SCM high temperature warning  LED to illuminate and the cutting deck  or implement  to  shut down  The temperature warning switch and circuit  wiring should be tested as a SCM input before perform   ing the following testin
147. g procedure     Testing    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  apply parking brake and re   move key from ignition switch  Open hood to gain ac   cess to engine     Make sure engine is cool before removing the    temperature warning switch from engine  Do not  Open radiator cap or drain coolant if the radiator  or engine is hot  Pressurized  hot coolant can es   cape and cause burns        2  Lower the coolant level in the engine  remove wire  harness connector from high temperature warning  switch and remove the switch from the engine     3  Put the end of the switch in a container of oil with a  thermometer and slowly heat the oil  Fig  28            CAUTION  Handle the hot oil with extreme care to prevent  NOTE  Prior to taking resistance readings with a digital  multimeter  short the meter test leads together  The me   ter will display a small resistance value  usually 0 5  ohms or less   This resistance is due to the internal re   sistance of the meter and test leads  Subtract this value    from from the measured value of the component you are  testing     Electrical System       Page 5   22    4  Check resistance of the warning switch with a multi   meter  ohms setting  as the temperature increases  The  high temperature warning switch is normally open and  should close from 216   to 226  F  102   to 108  C      5  After testing  install warning switch to the engine  housing     A  Clean threads of housing and switch thor
148. gher   12 45 V   12 24V 50  charged  12 06 V 25  charged    11 89 V 0  charged       Start the engine and run at high idle  3200 to 3250  RPM   Allow the battery to charge for at least 3 minutes   Record the battery voltage     After running the engine for at least 3 minutes  battery  voltage should be at least 0 50 volt higher than initial bat   tery voltage     Example of a charging system that is functioning     At least 0 50 volt over initial battery voltage     Initial Battery Voltage   12 30 v    Battery Voltage after 3 Minute Charge   12 85 v       Set the multimeter to the correct scale  With the ignition  switch in the OFF position  place the ammeter pickup  around the main glow plug power supply wire and read  the meter prior to activating the glow plug system  Adjust  the meter to read zero  if applicable   Activate the glow  plug system and record the multimeter results     The glow plug system on Groundsmaster 7200 and  7210 machines should have a reading of approximately  27 Amps     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Check Operation of Interlock Switches    Check the operation of the interlock switches  daily for proper operation  Replace any malfunc   tioning switches before operating the machine        Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 machines are equipped  with a Standard Control Module  SCM  which monitors  interlock switch operation  Information on the SCM is  described in the Component Testing section of this  Chapter  Testing of individual interlock switches is in   
149. gnition switch  Install HOC pin  into HOC bracket to allow desired height   of cut  Fig   22            Figure 23  1  Adjustment clevis 4  Ring pin  2  Jamnut 5  Flange nut  3  Clevis pin 6  Cutting deck          Figure 24    1  Carrier frame 3  Flange bushing  2 used   2  Flange bushing  2 used              Figure 25  1  Rear lift arm 3  Washer cavity  2  Washer 4  Deck lift shaft                L EI  H    18 070 to 18 180 in     45 9 to 46 1 cm        Figure 26    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6   23 Chassis    Operator Seat    E ring  2 used   Manual housing  Housing cap  R clamp  2 used   Latch angle  2 used   Seat stop lever  Latch lever  2 used   Seat plate    AAA Nz    Chassis             Figure 27  Operator seat      Flat washer  2 used     Lock washer  2 used     Cap screw  2 used      Latch     Grommet     Cap screw     Seat belt    Page 6     24         Torsion spring     Seat link     Carriage bolt  4 used      Flange nut  9 used      Spacer     Washer head screw  2 used     Clevis pin     Seat switch harness    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  27    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Unlatch and raise operator seat     lf seat switch service is necessary  remove seat  from seat plate to access switch  To prevent injury   DO NOT attempt to reach switch through openings  in seat plate        Figure 28    3  Disconnect machine wire harness el
150. ground connection   Fuse F1  F2  F3 and or F4 are is faulty     Fusible link harness at the engine starter motor is  faulty     Wiring in the crank circuit is loose  corroded or  damaged  see Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams      The ignition switch is faulty   Starter solenoid wiring is loose  corroded or damaged     Starter solenoid is faulty     The Standard Control Module is faulty        Electrical System Page 5 4 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Starting Problems  continued     Engine cranks  but does not start     The glow plug circuit does not operate properly     Engine cranks  but should not  with the PTO switch in  the ON  up  position     Engine starts  but stops when the ignition switch is  released from the START position     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page    Possible Causes    The fuel tank is empty     Wiring in the engine crank circuit is loose  corroded or  damaged  see Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams      Fuel filter is plugged    Engine and or fuel may be too cold    Engine run solenoid or circuit wiring is faulty   Engine fuel pump or circuit wiring is faulty    The engine glow circuit does not operate properly     Engine or fuel system is malfunctioning  see Chapter 3      Kubota Diesel Engine      Wiring in the engine glow circuit  see Chapter 8      Foldout Diagrams  is loose  corroded or damaged     Engine glow plug s  is  are  faulty   The glow relay or glow plug controller is faulty     Fusible link harness at the engine starter motor is  faulty     Fuse F1  F
151. he bat   tery  Load testing of the battery will provide additional  and more accurate information     Charging System Test    This is a simple test used to determine if a charging sys   tem is functioning  It will tell you if the charging system  has an output  but not its capacity     Tool required  Digital multimeter set to DC volts     Test instructions  Connect the positive     multimeter  lead to the positive battery post and the negative        multimeter lead to the negative battery post  Keep the  test leads connected to the battery posts and record the  battery voltage     NOTE  Upon starting the engine  the battery voltage  will drop and then should increase once the engine is  running     NOTE  Depending upon the condition of the battery  charge and battery temperature  the charging system  voltage will increase at different rates as the battery  charges     Glow Plug System Test    This is a fast  simple test that can help to determine the  integrity and operation of the Groundsmaster glow plug  system  The test should be run anytime hard starting   cold engine  is encountered on a diesel engine  equipped with a glow plug system     Tool s  required  Digital multimeter and or inductive  Ammeter  AC DC Current Transducer      Test instructions  Properly connect the ammeter to the  digital multimeter  refer to manufacturers    instructions      Electrical System    Page 5 8    Voltage Measured Battery Charge Level  Fully charged  100    75  charged    12 68 V  or hi
152. he pull link torsion springs may  cause some rotation of pull links during the re   moval process     2  To allow removal of pivot pin  item 10  from cutting  deck and pull link  remove adjustment clevis from deck     A  Remove flange nut  item 19  that secures adjust   ment clevis to deck     B  Remove adjustment clevis from deck     3  Remove lock nut  item 8  and cap screw  item 17   from deck and pivot pin  item 10      4  Slide pivot pin  item 10  from deck and pull link     5  Remove pull link with torsion spring and spacer from  deck     6  Inspect bushings  items 6 and 16  in pull link  Re   place bushings if worn or damaged     Assembly  Figs  18 and 19     NOTE  For 62    cutting decks  the torsion spring  item  14  is painted red  The torsion spring on 72    decks is  painted black     1  Place spacer inside torsion spring and then fit spring    and spacer into pull link  Make sure that torsion spring  end is below cap screw  item 9  in pull link     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 7     17    2  Position pull link to cutting deck     3  Slide pivot pin  item 10  through cutting deck  pull link  and spacer     4  Insert cap screw  item 17  through pivot pin and  holes in deck  Make sure that torsion spring end is below  Screw  Secure cap screw with lock nut     5  Install adjustment clevis to deck and secure with  flange nut     6  Install cutting deck to machine  see Cutting Deck Re   moval and Installation in this section      7  Lubricate pull link grease fit
153. hose  from pump     1  Fuel water separator  2  Inlet fitting    Fuel Pump Specifications    Pump Capacity 23 5 fl oz min  695 ml min     3 3 psi  22 8 kPa        Electrical System    Electrical    System       Fuel Stop Solenoid    The fuel stop solenoid used on the Groundsmaster  7200 7210 must be energized for the diesel engine to  run  The solenoid is mounted to the injection pump on  the engine  Fig  35      The fuel stop solenoid includes two coils for operation   the pull coil and the hold coil  When the ignition switch  is turned to START  the fuel stop solenoid is initially ener   gized and the pull coil retracts the solenoid plunger   Once the plunger is retracted  the hold coil will keep it re   tracted for continued engine operation  When the sole   noid is de energized  the plunger extends to shut off fuel  supply to the engine causing the engine to stop running   The fuel stop solenoid is grounded through the solenoid  housing     The Standard Control Module Run output LED will be il   luminated when the fuel stop solenoid hold coil is ener   gized     NOTE  Refer to Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams when  troubleshooting the fuel stop solenoid     In Place Testing    NOTE  Prior to taking small resistance readings with a  digital multimeter  short the test leads together  The me   ter will display a small resistance value  usually 0 5  ohms or less   This resistance is due to the internal re   sistance of the meter and test leads  Subtract this value  from the mea
154. ially re   moved bearing and tap on yoke to completely re   move the bearing     D  Repeat process for remaining bearings   E  Thoroughly clean and inspect all components   4  To install new cross and bearings     A  Apply a coating of grease to bearing bores of end  yoke and shaft yoke  Also  apply grease to bearings  and seal of bearing assembly  Make sure that all  bearing rollers are properly seated in bearing cage     B  Press one bearing partially into yoke     IMPORTANT  Take care when installing cross into  bearing to avoid damaging bearing seal     C  Carefully insert cross into bearing and yoke     Chassis    Page 6     20    D  Hold cross in alignment and press bearing in until  it hits the yoke     E  Carefully place second bearing into yoke bore  and onto cross shaft  Press bearing into yoke     F  Install snap rings to bearings to secure bearings  in place     G  Repeat procedure for other yoke     H  Grease cross until grease comes out of all four  4   bearing cups     5  Make sure that assembled joint moves without bind   ing  Slight binding can usually be eliminated by lightly  rapping the yoke lugs with a soft faced hammer  If bind   ing continues  disassemble joint to identify source of  binding     6  Install drive shaft to vehicle  see PTO Drive Shaft  Installation in this section         Figure 20    1  End yoke  2  Cross and bearing kit    3  Snapring  4 used   4  Shaft yoke    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    This page is intentionally blank        Groundsma
155. id dust and debris     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 7 5    Never work on the cutting deck with the engine  running  Always stop engine and remove key  from ignition switch first        To verify blade stopping time  have a second person  stand back a safe distance from the machine and watch  the blades on the cutting deck  When the machine oper   ator disengages the cutting deck  record the time it takes  for the blades to come to a complete stop  If this time is  greater than seven  7  seconds  the PTO brake assem   bly in the transmission should be inspected     Cutting Deck       Cutting Deck Removal and Installation  Removal    1  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck  in the fully raised position  Stop engine  engage park   ing brake and remove key from the ignition switch     NOTE  When the cutting deck is in the raised position   pull link torsion spring tension is reduced making it much  easier to disconnect pull links from machine     2  Disconnect pull link from each side of machine  Fig     1         Figure 1    Be careful when disconnecting the pull links  1  Pull link  deck raised  3  Retainer pin  2  Shoulder screw 4  Torsion spring    The pull link torsion springs may cause some  rotation of pull links during the removal process        A  Remove shoulder screw that secures retainer pin  to carrier frame     B  Carefully slide retainer pin from carrier frame and  pull link     3  Note location of HOC pin in HOC bracket for assem   bly purposes
156. ides information regarding  the operation  general maintenance and maintenance  intervals for the cutting deck on your Groundsmaster  machine  Refer to that publication for additional informa   tion when servicing the cutting deck     Cutting Deck Page 7 2    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Factors That Can Affect Cutting Performance    There are a number of factors that can contribute to un  Remember that the  effective  or actual height of cut  satisfactory quality of cut  some of which may be turf depends on cutting deck weight and turf conditions   conditions  Turf conditions such as excessive thatch     sponginess  or attempting to cut off too much grass   height may not always be overcome by adjusting the   machine  It is important to remember that the lower the   height  of cut  the more critical these factors are     1  Maximum governed engine speed  Check maximum governed engine speed  Adjust  engine speed to specifications if necessary  see  Chapter 3     Kubota Diesel Engine      2  Blade speed  All cutting deck blades should rotate at the same  speed    3  Tire pressure  Check air pressure of all tires including castor tires   Adjust to pressures specified in Operator s Manual     4  Blade condition  Sharpen blades if their cutting edges are dull or nicked     Inspect blade sail for wear or damage  Replace blade if  needed     5  Mower housing condition  Make sure that cutting chamber is in good condition     Keep underside of deck clean  Debris buildup will  reduce cu
157. ig  6   Si  Mumer    E      s gt   Su  e   Co  X o0  2  a    4  Remove four  4  flange nuts from the exhaust man   ifold studs  Separate muffler flange from the engine ex   haust manifold  Remove muffler from the machine        5  Remove exhaust gasket  Replace gasket if dam   aged or torn     Installation  Fig  5     NOTE  Make sure muffler flange and engine exhaust  manifold sealing surfaces are free of debris or damage  that may prevent a tight seal     1  Place exhaust gasket on the engine exhaust man   ifold     IMPORTANT  Finger tighten all fasteners before se   curing the muffler to the muffler bracket so there is  no preload on the exhaust system     2  Position muffler flange to the engine exhaust man   ifold and loosely install four  4  flange nuts     3  With the muffler flange tight to the engine exhaust  manifold  no gaps visible   position muffler so that muf   fler is tight against muffler bracket  no gaps visible      4  Tighten four  4  flange nuts to secure muffler flange  to exhaust manifold  Torque flange nuts 17 to 21 ft lb   23 to 28 N m      5  Check that clearance between muffler and muffler  bracket is less than 0 015     0 4 mm   If necessary  re   peat steps 3 and 4 above  Once clearance is less than  0 015     0 4 mm   secure muffler to the muffler bracket by  tightening two  2  carriage screws and flange lock nuts   Fig  6   Torque lock nuts from 38 to 48 in Ib  4 3 to 5 4  N m      6  Close and latch hood     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 3 9 Kubo
158. ines that the neutral switch and cir   cuit wiring are not functioning correctly  test each neu   tral switch as follows     A  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position   Locate neutral switches for testing     B  Disconnect machine wire harness electrical con   nector from the neutral switch     C  Check the continuity of the switch by connecting a  multimeter  ohms setting  across the connector ter   minals     D  When the switch plunger is extended there  should be no continuity  open  between the switch  terminals     E  When the switch plunger is depressed  there  should be continuity  closed  between the switch ter   minals     F  Replace switch if necessary     G  If the neutral switch tests correctly and a circuit  problem still exists  check wire harness  see Electri   cal Schematics and Circuit Drawings in Chapter 8      Foldout Diagrams      H  Connect machine wire harness connector to neu   tral switch  Check neutral switch operation     Electrical System          Page 5  14       Figure 13    1  Front panel 2  Washer head screw    Figure 14    1  Traction lever  LH  2  Neutral switch      DISTANCE    BETWEEN LEVER    AND SWITCH     S  BODY WITH 0 015  TO 0 045  LEVER IN  0 4 to 1 0 mm   NEUTRAL LOCK  Figure 15  1  Traction lever 3  Screw    2  Neutral switch    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Seat Switch    The seat switch is normally open and closes when the  operator is on the seat  If the traction system or PTO  switch is engaged when the operator raises ou
159. ing labels placed during the removal process   properly connect hydraulic hoses to transmission  gear  pump and hydraulic tank fittings  see Hydraulic Hose  and Tube Installation in the General Information section  of this chapter      13 Lubricate gasket of new oil filter and install filter on  transmission     14 Make sure that drain plugs are properly installed in  hydraulic tank and transmission  Fill hydraulic tank with  new hydraulic fluid     15 Install operator seat and seat base  see Operator  Seat Installation in the Service and Repair section of  Chapter 6     Chassis      16 Plug wire harness electrical connectors to solenoid  valve coil and seat switch  Secure harness to frame     17 Check parking brake and brake switch operation     18 Adjust traction drive for neutral     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       Transmission Service       Figure 39    Hydraulic System Page 4   56 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Figure 39  continued     1  Solenoid assembly 27  Seal  4 used  53  Valve plate  2 used   2  Solenoid valve assembly 28  O ring  2 used  54  Cylinder block assembly  2 used   3  Bolt  3 used  29  Washer  2 used  55  Thrust plate  2 used   4  Bolt  2 used  30  Bearing  5 used  56  Swash plate  2 used   5  Hex plug  2 used  31  Bearing  2 used  57  Pin  4 used    6  O ring 32  Side cover  2 used  58  Gasket   7  Pump body 33  Socket head screw  3 used per cover  59  Pump housing   8  Pin  2 used  34  Nut  2 used  60  PTO brake assembly  9  O ring 35  Co
160. ings from grooves in pipe     35 If pump shaft bearing replacement is necessary  re   move and discard seal ring from RH and LH pump  shafts  Remove bearings from pump shaft using a bear   ing puller  Discard removed bearings  Remove gear  from pump shaft     36 If input shaft bearing replacement is necessary  re   move bearings from input shaft using a bearing puller   Discard removed bearings  Remove gear from input  shaft     1  Input shaft  2  RH pump shaft    1  RH pump shaft  2  LH pump shaft    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4     63       Figure 56    3  LH pump shaft  4  Pipe    Figure 57  3  Input shaft  4  Sealring    Hydraulic System    Hydraulic          37 Remove PTO shaft assembly from transmission  pump housing        Figure 58  1  PTO shaft assembly 2  Pump housing    38 Remove final friction plate from transmission pump  housing     NOTE  This friction plate may have been removed with  PTO shaft assembly        Figure 59    1  Friction plate 2  Pump housing    Hydraulic System Page 4     64 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    39 Disassemble PTO shaft assembly     A  Using a bearing puller  remove bearing from PTO  shaft  Discard bearing     B  Remove spacer from PTO shaft   C  Slide gear and clutch assembly from PTO shaft   D  Remove key from PTO shaft slot     E  Remove two  2  seal rings from PTO shaft  grooves  Discard seal rings     F  Remove B plate  C plate  three  3  A plates and  three  3  friction plates from PTO shaft     G  Using a bearing puller  remove bea
161. intenance Page 2 4 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Standard Torque for Dry  Zinc Plated and Steel Fasteners  Metric Fasteners     Regular Height Nuts   Class 8 or Stronger Nuts     Thread Size    M5 X 0 8    57   6in lb    96   10 in Ib    Class 8 8 Bolts  Screws and Studs with    Class 10 9 Bolts  Screws and Studs with  Regular Height Nuts   Class 10 or Stronger Nuts     644   68 N cm 78   8 in lb 881   90 N cm    1085   113 N cm    133   14 in lb 1503   158 N cm       M6X 1 0  M8 X 1 25    M10 X 1 5    19   2 ft Ib  38   4 ft lb    M12 X 1 75    M16 X 2 0  M20 X 2 5    NOTE  Torque values may have to be reduced when  installing fasteners into threaded aluminum or brass   The specific torque value should be determined based  on the fastener size  the aluminum or base material  strength  length of thread engagement  etc     66   7 ft lb  166   17 ft lb  325   33 ft lb    NOTE  The nominal torque values listed above are  based on 75  of the minimum proof load specified in  SAE J1199  The tolerance is approximately   1096 of the  nominal torque value     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    26   3 N m    90   10 N m 93   10 ft lb 126   14 N m    225   23 N m 229   23 ft lb 310431 N m  450   46 ft lb 610   62 N m    Page 2 5    28  3 ftHb 38   4 Nm    NOTE  Reduce torque values listed in the table above  by 25  for lubricated fasteners  Lubricated fasteners  are defined as threads coated with a lubricant such as  engine oil or thread sealant such as Loctite     Product Records and Maintenance 
162. ion  steering is accomplished by mov   ing the two traction levers a different amount or direc   tion     With the engine running and the traction levers in the  neutral position  the piston pump swash plates are held  in the vertical position  providing no flow to either wheel  motor and the machine remains stationary  The trans   mission reverse check valves include an orifice which  makes it easier to locate the transmission neutral posi   tion     Forward    When a traction lever is pushed forward  the rod con   nected to the traction lever positions the swash plate in  the piston pump to provide oil flow from the transmission   port A for the RH side or C for the LH side   This oil flows  to the wheel motor and turns the motor in the forward  direction  Oil flow from the wheel motor returns to the  transmission  port B or D  and is continuously pumped  as long as the traction lever is pushed forward     As the traction load increases  forward traction circuit  pressure can increase to the relief valve setting of 4000  PSI  276 bar   If pressure exceeds the relief setting  oil  flows through the forward relief valve in the transmission  to the low pressure side of the closed loop traction cir   cuit     The piston pumps use a small amount of hydraulic fluid  for internal lubrication  Fluid is designed to leak across  pump parts into the transmission case drain  This leak   age results in the loss of hydraulic fluid from the closed  loop traction circuits that must be repl
163. ion section        1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Remove operator seat and seat base  see Operator  Seat Removal in the Service and Repair section of  Chapter 6     Chassis      3  On both sides of machine  remove cap screw and  lock nut that secures the pump control rod to the traction  control hub  Fig  36   Note that cap screw is installed  from the outside toward the center of the machine     4  Unplug wire harness electrical connector from trans   mission solenoid valve coil  Position wire harness away  from transmission     5  Drain oil from hydraulic tank and transmission     6  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  transmission  gear pump and hydraulic tank to prevent  hydraulic system contamination                    Figure 36    4  Lock nut  5  Cap screw  6  Retaining ring    1  Transmission  2  Pump control rod  3  Traction control hub    7  Label all hydraulic hoses and fittings for assembly  purposes  Remove hydraulic hoses from fittings on  transmission  gear pump and hydraulic tank  Allow  hoses to drain into a suitable container     8  Install clean plugs in hose and fitting openings to pre   vent system contamination     9  Remove hydraulic tank  see Hydraulic Tank Remov   al in this section                                                                                                                                      
164. ions   8111 Lyndale Avenue South  Bloomington  Minnesota 55420  1196    2  Keep all shields  safety devices and decals in place   If a shield  safety device or decal is defective  illegible or  damaged  repair or replace it before operating the ma   chine     3  Tighten any loose nuts  bolts or screws to ensure  machine is in safe operating condition     4  Assure interlock switches are adjusted correctly so  engine cannot be started unless both drive handles are  in the neutral lock position  the PTO switch is OFF  dis   engaged  and either the seat is occupied or the parking  brake is applied     While Operating    1  Sit on the seat when starting and operating the ma   chine     2  Before starting the engine   A  Engage the parking brake     B  Make sure both drive handles are in the neutral  lock position and the PTO switch is OFF  disen   gaged      C  After engine is started  release parking brake and  keep both drive handles in the neutral lock position   Machine must not move  If movement is evident  the  traction linkage is adjusted incorrectly  therefore   shut engine off and adjust traction linkage until ma   chine does not move when both drive handles are in  the neutral lock position     3  Do not run engine in a confined area without ade   quate ventilation  Exhaust fumes are hazardous and  could possibly be deadly     Safety    Page 1 2    5  Since fuel is highly flammable  handle it carefully     A  Store fuel in containers specifically designed for  this purp
165. irt  Clean  protective screen on machine frequently     11  If engine must be running to perform maintenance or  to make an adjustment  keep hands  feet  clothing and  other parts of the body away from the cutting deck  or im   plement  and other moving parts  Keep bystanders  away     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 1 3    12 Do not overspeed the engine by changing engine  governor setting  To assure safety and accuracy  check  maximum engine speed with a tachometer     13 Shut engine off before checking or adding oil to the  engine crankcase     14 Disconnect battery before servicing the machine   Disconnect negative battery cable first and positive  cable last  If battery voltage is required for troubleshoot   ing or test procedures  temporarily connect the battery   Reconnect positive battery cable first and negative  cable last     15 Battery acid is poisonous and can cause burns  Pre   vent acid contact with skin  eyes and clothing  Protect  your face  eyes and clothing when working with a bat   tery     16 Battery gases can explode  Keep cigarettes  sparks  and flames away from the battery     17 If welding on the machine is necessary  disconnect  the battery cables to prevent electrical system damage   Disconnect negative battery cable first and positive  cable last     18 At the time of manufacture  the machine conformed  to the safety standards for riding mowers  To assure op   timum performance and continued safety certification of  the machine  use genuine Toro re
166. isconnect PTO drive shaft from gearbox  see PTO  Drive Shaft Removal      6  Remove four  4  cap screws  item 10  and lock wash   ers  item 11  that secure gearbox assembly to gearbox  brackets     7  Remove fasteners that secure left side gearbox  bracket  item 3  to deck mounting plate  Remove brack   et from deck     8  Remove gearbox assembly  with drive pulley at   tached  from deck  Drain lubricant from gearbox     9  Remove two  2  set screws that secure taper lock  bushing to drive pulley on gearbox shaft     10  Thread one of the removed set screws into threaded  hole of bushing  Fig  16   Tighten set screw to loosen  bushing from pulley hub     11  Slide bushing and pulley from gearbox shaft  Locate  and retrieve woodruff key     12 If necessary  remove and replace oil seals and oil  caps in gearbox  Fig  17      NOTE  If internal gearbox wear or damage occurs   gearbox replacement is necessary  Internal gearbox  components are not available     Installation  Fig  15     1  Clean gearbox output shaft  pulley ID and taper lock  bushing thoroughly     2  Position woodruff key  pulley and then taper lock  bushing to gearbox output shaft  Slide bushing to shoul   der on shaft  Align threaded holes of pulley with non     threaded holes of bushing     3  Lightly oil threads of set screws and install screws  into threads of pulley  Fig  16   Alternately and evenly  tighten set screws to a torque from 180 to 250 in Ib  20  to 28 N m      4  Fill allen recess in set screws a
167. item 6  from 300 to 400 ft lb  407 to 542  N m   Release parking brake     11  Check parking brake and brake switch operation              35 to 40 ft lb x   48 to 54 N   m        Loctite 4271       Figure 5    1  Parking brake assembly 3  Brake support  2  Lock nut 4  Hardened washer                                              Figure 6  1  Wheel hub 4  Brake support  2  Parking brake assembly 5  Hardened washer    3  Lock nut       Figure 7  1  Brake swivel 4  Hardened washer  2  Caliper brake lever 5  Clearance    3  Wheel hub disc    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 6 9 Chassis    Parking Brake Service    NG aho NE    30 to 40 ft lb   41 to 54 N m     Lever   Assembly sleeve  2 used   Hardened washer  2 used   Hex bolt  2 used   Mounting lock nut  2 used   Hex nut  2 used   Stationary actuator    18 to 23 ft Ib   24 to 31 N m     30 to 40 ft lb     41 to 54 N m   4           Figure 8    Sleeve  2 used   Steel ball  3 used       Spring pin    Compression spring  2 used     Mount sleeve  2 used     Hex nut  2 used     NOTE  If parking brake wear or damage occurs  brake  replacement is necessary  Individual brake components  are not available     Chassis    Page 6     10         Mounting screw  2 used      Socket head screw  2 used     Outer stator  brake pad      Inner stator  brake pad      Shim     Washer    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Fig  8     1  Loosen and remove hex bolts  item 4   socket head  screws  item 15  and hex nuts  items 5 and 6      2  Slide inner 
168. ithin a few hours by a doctor familiar with  this type of injury  Gangrene may result from such  an injury        1  Clean machine thoroughly before disconnecting or  disassembling any hydraulic components  Always keep  in mind the need for cleanliness when working on hy   draulic equipment  Contamination can cause excessive  wear or binding of hydraulic components     2  When conducting tests on the hydraulic system   wear eye protection     Hydraulic System    Page 4     24    3  Before testing  check traction control lever linkages  for improper adjustment  binding or broken parts     4  All hydraulic tests should be made with the hydraulic  oil at normal operating temperature     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        5  Put clean metal caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines  left open or exposed during testing or component re   moval     6  When using hydraulic tester  pressure and flow   the  inlet and the outlet hoses must be properly connected  and not reversed to prevent damage to the hydraulic  tester or components     7  Install hydraulic fittings finger tight and far enough to  make sure that they are not cross   threaded before tight   ening them with a wrench     8  Position tester hoses to prevent rotating machine  parts from contacting and damaging the hoses or tester     9  After connecting test equipmen
169. ition new gasket to housing     18 Carefully place gear case housing onto pump hous   ing making sure to align pins  pipe and shaft bearings     19 Secure gear case housing to pump housing with fif   teen  15  flange head screws  Tighten screws evenly in  a crossing pattern and then torque screws from 17 to 19  ft Ib  22 to 27 N m      20  Taking care to not damage input shaft oil seal  install  oil seal into gear case housing bore  Place spacer on oil  seal and secure with retaining ring     21 Lubricate new O rings and install O   rings onto three   3  plugs  Install plugs into transmission assembly   Torque hex plugs from 14 to 15 ft Ib  18 to 21 N m  and  socket head plug from 17 to 19 ft lb  22 to 27 N   m         Figure 78    1  Gear case housing 3  Pin  2used   2  Pump housing       Figure 79  1  Hex plug 2  Socket head plug    Hydraulic System Page 4   72 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    22  Taking care to not damage PTO oil seal  install oil  seal into pump housing bore at PTO shaft  Place spacer  on oil seal and secure with retaining ring     23 Lubricate both sides of thrust plates with clean hy   draulic oil  Place thrust plate onto each swash plate  making sure to position the beveled side of the thrust  plates against the swash plate surface     24 Slide control arm onto each trunnion shaft and se   cure with socket head screw and nut  Torque nut from 20  to 23 ft lb  27 to 32 N m      25 Lubricate all components of cylinder blocks liberally  with clean hydraulic oil 
170. l System    o  o         o  2  wi    g  o     D  E   Jp        Troubleshooting    For effective troubleshooting and repairs  you must  have a good understanding of the electrical circuits and  components used on this machine  see Chapter 8      Foldout Diagrams     Remove all jewelry  especially rings and   watches  before doing any electrical trouble  Make sure that all machine interlock switches are func   shooting or testing  Disconnect the battery tioning correctly for proper troubleshooting and safety   cables unless the test requires battery voltage        NOTE  Use the Standard Control Module input and out   put LED   s when troubleshooting a Groundsmaster 7200  or 7210 electrical problem     Starting Problems    Starter solenoid clicks  but starter will not crank  Low battery charge     NOTE  If the starter solenoid clicks  the problem is not    p dr Loose or corroded battery cables   in the interlock circuit     Loose or corroded ground connection   Faulty wiring at the starter   Faulty starter solenoid   Nothing happens when start attempt is made  The traction levers are not in neutral locked position     The traction neutral switch es  is are  faulty or out of  adjustment     Parking brake is disengaged with seat unoccupied   PTO switch is in the ON  up  position or is faulty     The engine coolant temperature is excessive or the  engine high temperature shutdown switch is faulty     The battery is discharged    Loose or corroded battery cables   Loose or corroded 
171. le has been disconnected from  battery  loosen nut on positive cable     and remove  positive cable from battery     4  Make sure battery vent caps are on tightly     5  Remove battery from the battery compartment to a  service area to allow better access for service     Inspection  Maintenance and Testing    IMPORTANT  Before cleaning the battery  tape or  block vent holes to the filler caps and make sure the  caps are on tightly     C  Check for signs of wetness or leakage on the top  of the battery which might indicate a loose or missing  filler cap  overcharging  loose terminal post or over   filling  Also  check battery case for dirt and oil  Clean  the battery with a solution of baking soda and water   then rinse it with clean water     D  Check that the cover seal is not broken away  Re   place the battery if the seal is broken or leaking     E  Check the electrolyte level in each cell  If the level  is below the tops of the plates in any cell  fill all cells  with distilled water between the minimum and maxi   mum fill lines  Charge at 15 to 25 amps for 15 min   utes to allow sufficient mixing of the electrolyte     2  Conduct a hydrometer test of the battery electrolyte     IMPORTANT  Make sure the area around the cells is  clean before opening the battery caps     A  Measure the specific gravity of each cell with a  hydrometer  Draw electrolyte in and out of the  hydrometer barrel prior to taking a reading to warm     up the hydrometer  At the same time  take the te
172. lenoid valve stem  3  Pin 7  Solenoid coil  4  Sleeve holes    2         L3   cs   gt     lt         Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 77 Hydraulic System    Gear Pump    N  e    13    20 to 26 ft lb    E       N    Ng    3    35 to 43 ft lb   48 to 58 N m       8t035Nm  10  5     lt  a C    AD y      20 to 26 ft Ib        28 to 35 N m     Figure 94  1  Transmission assembly 7  Hydraulic hose  output  13  Hydraulic hose  2  Coupler 8  Cap screw  2 used  14  Hydraulic hose  suction   3  O ring 9  Lock washer  2 used  15  O ring  4  O ring 10  O ring 16  Hydraulic fitting  5  Hydraulic fitting 11  Hydraulic fitting 17  O ring  6  O ring 12  Hose clamp 18  Gear pump    Removal  Fig  94     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Remove operator seat and seat base  see Operator  Seat Removal in the Service and Repair section of  Chapter 6     Chassis      3  Drain hydraulic oil from hydraulic tank     4  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  gear pump and hydraulic tank to prevent hydraulic sys   tem contamination     Hydraulic System    Page 4     78    5  Label all hydraulic hoses and fittings for assembly  purposes     6  Disconnect hydraulic hoses from fit
173. lues may  also have to be reduced when the fastener is threaded  into aluminum or brass  The specific torque value  should be determined based on the aluminum or brass  material strength  fastener size  length of thread en   gagement  etc     The standard method of verifying torque shall be per   formed by marking a line on the fastener  head or nut   and mating part  then back off fastener 1 4 of a turn   Measure the torque required to tighten the fastener until  the lines match up     Class 8 8 Class 10 9  Metric Bolts and Screws       Figure 2    If the listed torque recommendation for a fastener is  from 76 to 94 ft lb  the proper torque when using this  torque wrench with an offset wrench would be from 72  to 89 ft lb     Offset wrench e Torque wrench   effective length of      torque wrench   A                                           effective length of torque  wrench   offset wrench        TORQUE CONVERSION FACTOR   A   B                Figure 3    Product Records and Maintenance    28  e     S      lt          c   EF  3  Sy  aw       Standard Torque for Dry  Zinc Plated and Steel Fasteners  Inch Series     Grade 1 58 SAE Grade 1 Bolts  Screws  Studs  amp  SAE Grade 5 Bolts  Screws  Studs  amp  SAE Grade 8 Bolts  Screws  Studs  amp   Thread Size 8 with Thin Sems with Regular Height Nuts Sems with Regular Height Nuts Sems with Regular Height Nuts  Height Nuts  SAE J995 Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts   SAE J995 Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts   SAE J995 Grade 5 or Stronger Nuts    
174. ly process     18 Remove pump from vise     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    2  55  CO      0  UO  gt     gt N   lt         This page is intentionally blank     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4     83 Hydraulic System    Lift Control Valve    34 to 42 ft lb   47 to 56 N m         23    9  10    N    Cr       Figure 99  1  Lift cylinder 9  O ring 17  Flange nut  2  O ring 10  Hydraulic hose  from gear pump  18  Washer  2 used   3  Hydraulic hose 11  Cap screw  2 used  19  Spacer  4  Hydraulic hose 12  Lock washer  2 used  20  Lift lever assembly  5  O ring 13  Flat washer  2 used  21  Valve link  6  Hydraulic tee fitting 14  Lift control valve 22  Cotter pin  2 used   7  O ring 15  Hydraulic fitting 23  Hydraulic fitting  8  Hydraulic hose  to oil cooler  16  Cap screw    Hydraulic System Page 4     84 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  99     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  lift control valve to prevent hydraulic system contamina   tion     3  Label all hydraulic hoses and fittings for assembly  purposes     4  Disconnect hydraulic hoses connected to the hy   draulic fittings on the lift control valve  Allow h
175. m   perature of the cell        Figure 41  1  Perform the following inspections and maintenance  1  Negative cable 5  Flatwasher  2  Battery 6  Battery retainer  A  Check for cracks  Replace battery if cracked or 3  Battery tray 7  Carriage screw    4  Flange nut 8  Positive cable   leaking    B  Check battery terminal posts for corrosion  Use   wire brush to clean corrosion from posts   Electrical System Page 5     30 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    B  Temperature correct each cell reading  For each  10  F  5 5  C  above 80  F  26 7  C  add 0 004 to the  specific gravity reading  For each 10  F  5 5  C  be   low 80  F  26 7  C  subtract 0 004 from the specific  gravity reading     100  F  1 245    Example  Cell Temperature  Cell Gravity  100  F minus 80  F equals 20  F   37 7  C minus 26 7  C equals 11 0  C   20  F multiply by 0 004 10  F equals 0 008   119  C multiply by 0 004 5 5  C equals 0 008   ADD  conversion above  0 008  Correction to 80  F  26 7  C  1 253    C  If the difference between the highest and lowest  cell specific gravity is 0 050 or greater or the lowest  cell specific gravity is less than 1 225  charge the bat   tery  Charge at the recommended rate and time giv   en in Charging or until all cells specific gravity is  1 225 or greater with the difference in specific gravity  between the highest and lowest cell less than 0 050   If these charging conditions can not be met  replace  the battery     3  Perform a high discharge test with an adjustable  load tester
176. m X 0 7376   ft lb    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    TORO        Table of Contents    SPECIFICATIONS                              2  Groundsmaster 7200                          2  Groundsmaster 7210                          3   GENERAL INFORMATION                       4  Operator s Manual                            4  Stopping the Engine  Groundsmaster 7210       4   ADJUSTMENTS  5 ERE Lp eda da ia 5  Adjust Throttle Control                         5   SERVICE AND REPAIRS                    eee 6  Air Cleaner Assembly                          6  Exhaust System                              8  Fuel System                                 10   Check Fuel Lines and Connections            11  Drain and Clean Fuel Tank                    11  Fuel Tank Removal                          11  Fuel Tank Installation                         11  Radiator ciar NAA NANANA ANA 12  ENGE uiv p eo eee 14  Engine Removal                            14  Engine Installation                          16    KUBOTA WORKSHOP MANUAL  DIESEL ENGINE   05 SERIES    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 3 1    Chapter 3    Kubota Diesel Engine    Kubota Diesel Engine    o       2       eu  z3  2            Specifications  Groundsmaster 7200       Item    Description       Make   Designation    Kubota D1105   E2B  4 stroke   Liquid Cooled  OHV Diesel       Number of Cylinders       Bore x Stroke    3 07    x 3 09     78 mm x 78 4 mm        Total Displacement    68 53 in   1123 cc        Compression Ratio    22 0 1      
177. mesh  Ul        ACCUMULATOR     2250 rpm  PTO CLUTCH  PTO     baat pang  Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 8 3       3 4   16 UNF   PORT     ile    RELIEF VALVES  4000 PSI  276 bar                                                                             a                                                                                     Groundsmaster 7200 7210  Hydraulic Schematic     With Rear Attach Lift Kit Installed     All solenoids are _  shown as de   energized     Page 8 4                                                          LIFT CYLINDER                                                                                                     17  LA                   PB T                REAR ATTACHMENT  LIFT CYLINDER  OPT                                REAR  HYDRAULIC  POWERED  ATTACHMENT   OPT                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    PTO pressure  test port                            il   Standard Deck Lift             FORWARD    r 2  Summer mode   REAR laj  RH WHEEL MOTOR ayo   Q  300 to 310 cc BYPASS fal  LSHT e VALVE HS     ji Ni  FRONT  PORT E ia O X    CHARGE PRESSURE       Pale TEST PORT OIL  I COOLER  3 4   16 UNF   B7 TAE  I8cc rev Port 2  3 4   16 UNF    Port L    m   PRESSURE VALVE             FORWARD  FRONT   L  Q LU   Sp   TEST PORT  LH WHEE
178. mission is faulty   PTO operation would also be affected  See Trans   mission Service in the Service and Repairs section      12 A dynamic charge pressure test can be performed as  follows     A  With hydraulic pressure gauge still connected  sit  in the operator seat and move the traction levers to  forward     B  While machine is moving  monitor the charge  pressure reading on the pressure gauge     C  The charge pressure should drop no more than  1596 from initial test reading  Step 10 above  as the  machine is moving  e g  if initial charge pressure was  100 PSI  6 9 bar   charge pressure while machine is  moving should be above 85 PSI  5 9 bar       D  A pressure drop of more than 15  indicates a  traction circuit leak  e g  a leaking transmission  check valve  a worn damaged transmission piston  pump   If charge pressure is good under no load  but  drops below specification when under traction load   the transmission piston pump s  should be sus   pected of wear or damage  When a pump is worn or  damaged  the charge pump is not able to keep up  with internal leakage in the traction circuit     13 Stop machine and shut off engine     14 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Remove pressure gauge from transmission  charge pressure test port  Install plug into port and  torque plug from 13 to 15 ft lb  17 7 to 21 5 N m      SAN     il                         TA  cs                         Saip     
179. n  the machine will  steer toward the weaker side of the traction system  Be   cause piston pump swash plate is controlled by traction  control lever movement  if one lever rotates its swash  plate more than the other lever  the machine will not  track in a straight line     2  Drive the machine up a moderate incline  stop the  engine  place the traction control levers in the neutral  locked position and allow the transmission to hold the  machine in place  parking brake not applied   The ma   chine should remain stationary on the incline or drift  slowly backwards in a straight line  If one of the trans   mission traction circuits is faulty  the machine will roll  backwards toward the weaker traction circuit     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   25    3  Wheel speed should be the same on both rear  wheels  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating  temperature  With machine jacked up off the ground and  securely supported with jack stands  have an operator  in the seat move the traction control levers to the full for   ward speed  Using a phototac  check the rotational  speed of both rear wheels  The wheel speed should be  from 190 to 200 RPM for both rear wheels     4  If any of these operation tests suggest a traction sys   tem problem  check the following before performing hy   draulic tests     A  Parking brake is dragging   B  Traction control lever is not adjusted correctly   C  Transmission bypass valve is not seated     D  Check oil level in the hydraulic tank
180. nd bushing threads  with grease to prevent dirt from packing into crevices     5  Position gearbox assembly  with drive pulley at   tached  to deck     6  Position and secure left side gearbox bracket  item  12  to deck mounting plate     7  Secure gearbox assembly to gearbox brackets with  four  4  cap screws  item 10  and lock washers  item 11         8  Connect PTO drive shaft to gearbox  see PTO Drive  Shaft Installation      9  Install drive belt and deck covers to cutting deck     10  Torque plug in gearbox to 175 in Ib  19 8 N   m   Fill  gearbox with lubricant     11  Lower the footrest        Figure 16    1  Set screw installation position  2  Set screw removal position    175 in Ib    175 in Ib  19 8 N m           Figure 17  1  Oil cap 4  Gearbox  2  Dipstick 5  Oil seal  3  Oil cap 6  Plug    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 7   15 Cutting Deck    Cutting Deck Pull Links       Figure 18  1  LH lift arm 8  Lock nut 15  Pull link assembly  2  Retainer pin 9  Cap screw 16  Bushing  3  Clevis pin 10  Pivot pin 17  Cap screw  4  Shoulder screw 11  Ring pin 18  Cutting deck  5  LH lift arm 12  Grease fitting 19  Flange nut  6  Flange bushing 13  Spacer 20  Jam nut  7  Grease fitting 14  Torsion spring 21  Adjustment clevis    Cutting Deck Page 7     16 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Disassembly  Figs  18 and 19     1  Remove cutting deck from machine  see Cutting  Deck Removal and Installation in this section      Be careful when removing the pull links from the  cutting deck  T
181. nd components left open or exposed to  prevent contamination  Cap the opening as soon as line  or port is exposed     After Repair or Replacement of Components    1  Check oil level in the hydraulic tank and add correct  oil if necessary  Use only hydraulic fluids specified in Op   erator   s Manual  Drain and refill hydraulic tank and  change oil filter if component failure was severe or sys   tem is contaminated  see Flush Hydraulic System in this  section      2  Lubricate O rings and seals with clean hydraulic oil  before installing hydraulic components     3  Make sure caps or plugs are removed from the hy   draulic tubes  hydraulic fittings and components before  reconnecting     4  Use proper tightening methods when installing hy   draulic hoses and fittings  see General Information sec   tion      5  After repairs  check control linkages or cables for  proper adjustment  binding or broken parts     6  After disconnecting or replacing any hydraulic com   ponents  operate machine functions slowly until air is  out of system  see Charge Hydraulic System in this sec   tion      7  Check for hydraulic oil leaks  Shut off engine and cor   rect leaks if necessary  Check oil level in hydraulic tank  and add correct oil if necessary     Check hydraulic lines and hoses daily for leaks  kinked  lines  loose mounting supports  wear  loose fittings   weather deterioration and chemical deterioration  Make  any necessary repairs before operating equipment     Hydraulic System    9  
182. ne coolant temperature  These  switch circuits are the high temperature warning circuit  and the high temperature shutdown circuit  The dual  temperature switch is attached to the engine water  pump housing  Fig  31      When engine coolant temperature rises to approximate   ly 220  F  105  C   the high temperature warning circuit  closes  This closed circuit causes the High Temperature  Warning Light on the console to illuminate and also pro   vides an input to the Standard Control Module  SCM    This input causes the SCM high temperature warning  LED to illuminate and the PTO implement to shut down     If engine coolant temperature rises to approximately  240  F  115  C   the high temperature shutdown circuit  closes and provides an input to the Standard Control  Module  SCM   This input causes the SCM high temper   ature shutdown LED to illuminate and the engine to shut  down     The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the op   eration of the dual temperature switch  If excessive cool   ant temperature causes either switch circuit to close  the  appropriate LED on the SCM will be illuminated  The  switch and its circuit wiring should be tested using the  SCM before performing the following testing procedure     Testing    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower implement   stop engine  apply parking brake and remove key from  ignition switch  Open hood to gain access to engine     Make sure engine is cool before removing the    dual temperature switch from engine  Do 
183. nergize as long as the switch  is held in START  The console glow plug indicator light  will not light     3  When the ignition switch is released from the START  to the ON position  the glow plugs will de energize and  the console glow plug indicator light will remain off     Controller Checks   1  Make sure there is power from the battery    2  Disconnect the wire harness electrical connector  from the engine fuel stop solenoid to prevent the engine    from starting     3  Place ignition switch in the ON position  Verify the fol   lowing while in the ON position     A  Glow plug indicator light is on   B  Glow relay is energized   C  Glow plugs are energized     D  Glow plug indicator light goes out and glow plugs  de   energize after approximately 10 seconds     4  Place ignition switch in the START position  Verify  the following while in the START position     A  Glow plug indicator light is out    B  Glow relay is energized    C  Glow plugs are energized    D  Power exists at terminal 1 of the glow controller     NOTE  If there is no power to terminal 1 of the glow con   troller  verify continuity of the circuitry from the ignition  switch to the controller and perform Step 4 again  see  Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5   27    5  If any of the conditions in Step 3 are not met or power  to terminal 1 exists and any of the other conditions in  Step 4 are not met     A  Verify continuity of the circuitry from the battery to  the glow r
184. ng  the operation  general maintenance procedures and  maintenance intervals for your Groundsmaster ma   chine  Refer to that publication for additional information  when servicing the machine     Stopping the Engine  Groundsmaster 7210     IMPORTANT  The engine used on the Groundsmas   ter 7210 is turbo charged  Before stopping the en   gine after mowing or full load operation on  Groundsmaster 7210 machines  cool the turbo   charger by allowing the engine to idle at low speed  for 5 minutes  Failure to do so may lead to turbo   charger trouble     Kubota Diesel Engine    Page 3 4    Service and repair parts for Kubota engines are sup   plied through your Authorized Toro Distributor  If no  parts list is available  be prepared to provide your distrib   utor with the Toro equipment model and serial numbers  as well as the Kubota engine model and serial numbers     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Adjustments    Adjust Throttle Control    Proper throttle operation is dependent upon proper ad   justment of throttle control  Make sure throttle control is  operating properly     1  Move remote throttle control lever to FAST position     2  Check position of speed control lever on engine fuel  injection pump  Speed control lever should be contact   ing high speed screw when throttle control lever is in  FAST  detent  position  Fig  1      3  lf necessary  position of throttle control cable jam  nuts can be adjusted until speed control lever contacts  high speed screw when throttle contr
185. ni Nozzle  DNOPD        Fuel Tank Capacity    11 5 U S  Gallons  43 5 Liters        Governor    Centrifugal Mechanical       Low Idle Speed  no load     1500 to 1650 RPM       High Idle Speed  no load     3200 to 3250 RPM          Engine Oil API Classification CH 4  CI 4 or Higher   see Operator   s Manual for viscosity recommendations   Oil Pump Gear Driven Trochoid Type       Crankcase Oil Capacity    4 0 U S  Quarts  3 8 Liters  with Filter       Cooling System Capacity  including reserve tank     6 U S  Quarts  7 5 Liters        Starter    12 VDC 1 4 KW       Alternator          12 VDC 40 Amp with Internal Regulator          Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 3 3    Kubota Diesel Engine    o     22       eu  z3  E            General Information    This Chapter gives information about specifications   troubleshooting  testing and repair of the Kubota D1105  diesel engine used in the Groundsmaster 7200 and  7210  Refer to the Operator s Manual for engine mainte   nance information     Most repairs and adjustments require tools which are  commonly available in many service shops  Special  tools are described in the Kubota Workshop Manual   Diesel Engine  05 Series included at the end of this  chapter  The use of some specialized test equipment is  explained  However  the cost of the test equipment and  the specialized nature of some repairs may dictate that  the work be done at an engine repair facility     Operator s Manual    The Operator s Manual provides information regardi
186. not  open radiator cap or drain coolant if the radiator  or engine is hot  Pressurized  hot coolant can es   cape and cause burns        2  Lower the coolant level in the engine and remove the  dual temperature switch from the engine     3  Put the end of the switch in a container of oil with a  thermometer and slowly heat the oil  Fig  32         Handle the hot oil with extreme care to prevent  personal injury or fire     Electrical System       Page 5     24    4  Check resistance of the switch with a multimeter   ohms setting  as the oil temperature increases     A  The high temperature warning circuit is normally  open and should close from 214   to 226  F  101   to  108  C    B  The high temperature shutdown circuit is normal   ly open and should close from 234   to 246  F  112   to  119  C      5  Replace the switch if either of the specifications are  not met     6  After testing is complete  install temperature switch  to the engine housing     A  Clean threads of housing and switch thoroughly   Apply thread sealant to the threads of the switch     B  Thread switch into the housing  Torque switch  from 22 to 28 ft Ib  29 4 to 39 2 N   m      C  Reconnect harness wires to temperature switch     7  Fill engine cooling system  Lower and secure hood        Figure 31    1  Dual temp switch 3  Shutdown circuit    2  Warning circuit             Figure 32    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Fuel Pump    The fuel pump is attached to the frame near the fuel filter   Fig  33      The 
187. nt   If    the engine is started and the PTO shaft is al   lowed to rotate  serious personal injury and  machine damage could result  If the PTO drive  shaft is disconnected from the cutting deck  or  implement   remove fuse F1  15 amp  from fuse  block to prevent unintentional engagement of  the PTO clutch        Chassis Page 6     18 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  18     NOTE  PTO drive shaft removal is easier if machine is  positioned on a hoist     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement  to lowest setting  stop engine  engage  parking brake and remove key from the ignition switch     2  To prevent unintentional engagement of the PTO  clutch  remove fuse F1  15 amp  from fuse block     3  Disconnect end yoke of PTO drive shaft from PTO  shaft on transmission     A  Remove roll pin from end yoke and PTO shaft   B  Loosen two  2  cap screws and lock nuts   C  Slide drive shaft end yoke from PTO shaft     4  Disconnect end yoke of PTO drive shaft from cutting  deck gearbox shaft     A  Remove roll pin from end yoke and gearbox  shaft     B  Loosen two  2  cap screws and lock nuts    C  Slide drive shaft end yoke from gearbox shaft   5  Remove PTO drive shaft from machine   Installation  Fig  18   1  Position PTO drive shaft to machine  Make sure that  drive shaft slip shaft yoke  item 4 in Fig  19  is toward    cutting deck gearbox shaft     2  Align splines and roll pin holes of drive shaft yokes  with transmission and gearbox shafts 
188. nter wheel to  machine with five  5  lug nuts     4  Lower the front of the machine to the ground     NOTE  When securing bogey pivot to front frame  it  may be necessary to raise rear of machine to allow  installation of flat washer and lock nut     5  Install flat washer  item 14  and then lock nut  item  13  to stud on bogey pivot  Secure pivot to front frame  by torquing lock nut to 75 ft lb  102 N   m      6  Place side access cover to frame and secure with  two  2  screws     7  Fully lower machine to the ground  Torque all wheel  lug nuts in a crossing pattern from 65 to 85 ft Ib  88 to  115 N m               Figure 3  2  Lock nut   flat washer    1  Side access cover    Chassis    Parking Brakes    Loctite 4271  35 to 40 ft lb   48 to 54 N   m        300 to 400 ft lb   407 to 502 N   m     Loctite  271       75 to 85 ft lb     102 to 115 xu M MR    2    Figure 4  1  Lock nut 9  O ring 16  Flange nut  4 used per side   2  Lug nut  5 used per wheel  10  Hydraulic fitting 17  Cap screw  2 used per side   3  Wheel assembly 11  O ring 18  Cap screw  2 used per side   4  Wheel hub 12  Hydraulic fitting 19  Brake support  5  Wheel stud  5 used per wheel  13  Hydraulic hose 20  Brake rod assembly  6  Socket head screw  4 used  14  Hydraulic hose 21  Flat washer  7  Wheel motor  LH shown  15  Parking brake  LH shown  22  Retaining ring  8  Woodruff key    Removal  Fig  4     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine and remove key from
189. nto tank and torque from 60 to 66 ft lb  82 to 90  N m      2  Attach removed fittings with new  lubricated O   rings  to hydraulic tank using Figure 29 as a guide  see Hy   draulic Fitting Installation in the General Information  section of this chapter   Tighten fittings to torque values  identified in Figure 29     3  Position hydraulic tank to machine  Secure tank to  frame with tank support and two  2  washer head  Screws     4  Remove plugs that were installed to hydraulic hoses  and fittings during the removal procedure     5  Attach hydraulic hoses to fittings on hydraulic tank  using labels placed during removal  see Hydraulic Hose  and Tube Installation in the General Information section  of this chapter      6  Install brake handle to machine  see Parking Brake  Assembly in the Service and Repairs section of Chapter  6     Chassis   Make sure that parking brake switch op   eration is correct after brake handle is installed     7  Secure front cover to machine  Fig  30      8  Fill hydraulic tank with new hydraulic fluid     9  Install operator seat and seat base  see Operator  Seat Installation in the Service and Repair section of  Chapter 6     Chassis      10 Operate machine  Check hydraulic oil level and ad   just if necessary  Check hydraulic components for leaks   Tighten any loose connections     2  E  s  L3       E              1  Screw  3 used  3  Frame  2  Front cover 4  Foam strip  3 used                                                                    
190. ntrol arm  2 used  61  Push rod  3 used   10  Charge pump assembly 36  Socket head screw  2 used  62  PTO shaft   11  Key 37  Bearing  3 used  63  Seal ring  4 used   12  O ring  5 used  38  O ring  2 used  64  RH pump shaft   13  Piston 39  Socket head plug  2 used  65  LH pump shaft   14  Spring 40  O ring  8 used  66  Pump gear  2 used   15  Collar 41  Hex plug  8 used  67  Gasket   16  Bolt and washer  2 used  42  Pipe assembly 68  Gear case housing  17  Accumulator cover 43  Seal  2 used  69  Flange head screw  13 used   18  Gasket 44  Washer  2 used  70  Pipe assembly   19  Filter bypass valve assembly 45  LH flushing valve 71  Spacer   20  Hex drain plug 46  Reverse relief valve  2 used  72  Input gear   21  Charge relief valve assembly 47  Forward relief valve  2 used  73  PTO gear   22  Pressure valve assembly 48  Socket head screw  8 used  74  Input shaft   23  Socket head plug  4 used  49  RH flushing valve 75  Retaining ring   24  Filter adapter 50  Bypass valve  2 used  76  Clutch assembly   25  Oil filter 51  Center case 77  O ring   26  Retaining ring  4 used  52  Pin  4 used  78  Key    IMPORTANT  If a transmission failure occurred  re   fer to Traction Circuit  Closed Loop  Component  Failure in the General Information section for infor   mation regarding the importance of removing con   tamination from the traction circuit     9   s  O a    Y     oP    Transmission Disassembly  Fig  39     1  Thoroughly clean exterior of transmission     2  Remove nut  lock 
191. o       Ww   y x z  z m      zz zOx uxo   gt  Ze 5 O  FS  09 z6 s SERE TEE 8 3 s  5 35 ES a VIOLET na Eg 232858 og  am a y    BLACK n uj HI BROWN      mi   GREEN  1   303 LOW OIL  z PRESSURE  Heese  1   P2 STARTER  A Y Zei  GROUND 309   M    BLACK Tpos SP05   BLACK  ENGINE os   Ik BLACK ac SP10    GROUND SPO9 FUSIBLE LINK               P03 STARTER  voi  PULL  SP03 WHITE Ka  P08 FUEL  RED BLACK           4 e  SOLENOID      H    PINK HOLD  HOUR cal  METER     C  3    BLACK RED BLACK   3           FUEL  BLACK  42 PUM  PINK  PINK Na cit Rese  x fal  16 WARNING  SP01 al P LIGHTS  Y   26 PINK A2  pas A   3g WHITE tag  ALT  L   B   4    ORANGE    N  IGNITION     9 TAN z    or  SWITCH YELLOW           15 WARNING  P24 LIGHTS  P31 ie YELLOW PINK   2A  q GLOW  SP08  SP07  RED    STARTER Pod RED  EN RED  ul  E  9 3   Ko  t      s 3 3 dis  i  n      lt     z       gt  o 3    z  gt  5 a m  a m oa  ie   1 1 3 it   TOECSONONOS  A NT  m   J28 J02 POS 30 85 87A 87 86 J04    ag   2  BLOCK l OPTIONS Roi JD n  B  RELAY P20  a ALTERNATOR GLOW GLOW MM  P  Groundsmaster 7200 7210 RELAY LUGS CONTROLLER    Wire Harness Diagram    Page 8   14    
192. o  2  flange head screws that secure fuel   water separator bracket to engine  Remove bracket and  separator from engine     16 Remove six  6  flange head screws and two  2  sock   et head screws securing the flywheel housing to engine     17 Remove lock nut  snubbing washer and cap screw  that secures each side of engine to the engine mounts  attached to the frame     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 3   15       Figure 10    3  Flange screw  6 used   4  Clip  6 used     1  Machine frame  2  Rear panel       Figure 11    4  Fuel hose from pump  5  Ground connections    1  Fuel water separator  2  Fuel supply hose  3  Fuel stop solenoid       Figure 12  3  Return fuel hose    1  Glow plug wire  2  Front injector nozzle    Kubota Diesel Engine           s3  Su  a    Co    o0  2  a       IMPORTANT  Make sure to not damage the engine   flywheel housing   fuel hoses  hydraulic lines  elec   trical harness or other parts while removing engine   Also  make sure that transmission does not shift  during engine removal     One person should operate lift or hoist while a  second person guides the engine assembly out  of the machine        18 Move engine toward the rear ofthe machine to sepa   rate it from the transmission input shaft and flywheel  housing  Carefully raise engine from the machine     19 Locate and retrieve two  2  dowel pins that locate fly   wheel housing to engine     20 If necessary  remove six  6  cap screws that secure  flywheel coupling to engine flywheel and remov
193. ol lever is at FAST   detent  position  Fig  2      4  Make sure that cable jam nuts are fully tightened af   ter adjustment             Mon   IN J i KO    s    o ng    y      FA ZG  a    WWW 9 MAII 1420222022011 yyy   7       Figure 1    1  Throttle cable 3  Speed control lever  2  High speed screw       Figure 2  1  Throttle cable 2  Cable jam nuts    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 3 5 Kubota Diesel Engine    E      s gt   Su  e   o  X Y  2  a       Service and Repairs    Air Cleaner Assembly       Figure 3  1  Hose clamp 5  Cap screw  2 used  8  Frame  2  Inlet hose  GM 7200 shown  6  Air inlet hose 9  Cap screw  2 used   3  Hose clamp 7  Air cleaner support 10  Air cleaner assembly  4  Flange nut  4 used     Kubota Diesel Engine Page 3 6 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  3     NOTE  See Operator s Manual for air cleaner mainte   nance procedures and intervals     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting unit   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Unlatch and raise hood     3  Remove air cleaner components as needed using  Figures 3 and 4 as guides     4  Check air cleaner housing and cover for damage that  could cause possible air leaks     5  Check air inlet hoses for damage or wear   Installation  Fig  3     IMPORTANT  Any leaks in the air filter system will  allow dirt into engine and will cause serious engine  damage  Make sure that all air cleaner components  are in good condition and are prope
194. olant  temperature reaches 220  F  105  C   approximate      To test the high temperature warning light and circuit wir   ing  turn ignition switch to the ON position and ground  the yellow wire attached to high temperature warning  switch located on the engine water pump housing  see  High Temperature Warning Switch in this Chapter   The  high temperature warning light should illuminate     Glow Plug Indicator Light   The glow plug light should come on when the ignition  switch is placed in the ON position prior to placing the  ignition switch in START  The light should stay lit for    approximately 10 seconds while the ignition switch is left  in the ON position     Testing Indicator Lights  1  Apply 12 VDC to terminals 1A and 2A  Fig  9    2  Ground terminals 1B and 2B  Fig  9      3  Both indicator lights should illuminate     Figure 8    1  Glow plug indicator light 3   2  High temp warning light 4                 1  Glow plug indicator  2  High temperature  3  Engine oil pressure    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 5   11          Oil pressure light  Charge indicator light                      Figure 9    4   5   6        Charge indicator  Indicator light front  Indicator light back    Electrical System    E  e     o  D  lu    g  2   ra   E  c       Hour Meter    1  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position  Lo   cate the hour meter and disconnect the wire harness  electrical connector from the meter     2  Connect the positive     terminal of a 12 VDC source  to the
195. on a level surface with the cutting deck   or implement  lowered and off  Make sure engine is off  and the parking brake is engaged     4  Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing listed at the  beginning of this section     5  Thoroughly clean junction of hydraulic hose and low   er fitting on rear of lift control valve  Fig  22      6  Disconnect hydraulic hose from lower fitting on rear  of lift control valve  Fig  22   This hose is from the gear  pump outlet and provides oil flow to the lift control valve   Fig  23      NOTE  Implement relief pressure can also be tested  with hydraulic tester  pressure and flow   Connect tester  in series with the lift control valve fitting and the discon   nected hose  Use pressure gauges on hydraulic tester  and follow procedure below     7  Install T connector with hydraulic pressure gauge   5000 PSI   345 bar  in series with the lift control valve  fitting and the disconnected hose     8  Start engine and run at low idle speed  1500 to 1650  RPM   Check for any hydraulic leakage from test con   nections and correct before proceeding with test     9  With engine running  move throttle to full speed   3200 RPM      IMPORTANT  Hold lift lever in the raise position  only long enough to get a system pressure reading   Holding the lift lever in the raise position for an ex   tended period may damage the lift control valve     10 Watch pressure gauge carefully while moving lift le   ver to the raise position and holding     Groundsmaster 7200 
196. on machine  i e  do not put RH motor on left side of  machine   If necessary  use parts catalog and part  number on wheel motor to identify RH and LH mo   tors     1  Position wheel motor to frame  Make sure that ports  in wheel motor are facing up     2  Clean threads in frame and on socket head screws     3  Apply Loctite  271  or equivalent  to threads of sock   et head screws  Secure wheel motor to frame with four   4  socket head screws     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     49    4  Remove plugs from disconnected hydraulic hoses  and wheel motor ports     5  Lubricate and install new O rings to hydraulic fit   tings  Install fittings into wheel motor ports  see Hydrau   lic Fitting Installation in the General Information section  of this chapter   Make sure that fittings are orientated  correctly     6  Using labels placed during the removal process   properly connect hydraulic hoses to wheel motor fittings   see Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installation in the Gener   al Information section of this chapter      7  Make sure that tapers of wheel motor shaft and  wheel hub are thoroughly clean     8  Position woodruff key to keyslot in wheel motor shaft     9  Place wheel hub on motor shaft and secure with lock  nut     10 Install brake assembly and wheel assembly to the  machine  Make sure that proper clearance exists be   tween brake assembly and wheel hub rotor  see Wheel  Installation and Brake Installation in the Service and Re   pairs section of Chapter 6     Chassis
197. on spring saddle on spring arm and slide down   Hook spring ends on top of suspension base     4  Using the suspension base as a pry point  place a  prybar on the top of the spring saddle and push saddle  down to elongate springs enough to allow installation of  the bolt to the top of shock absorber and suspension  base  Secure bolt in position with nut     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 6   27    5  Position seat frame to suspension base     6  Align bearing blocks on frame with receivers on sus   pension base and guide frame into place  Insert two  2   bearing shafts and split nylon bushings to suspension  base and frame  Secure bearing shafts with two  2  roll  pins     7  Position cables under the seat frame bars and on top  of suspension base  Insert cable ends in spring saddle  slots     8  Pass weight adjustment knob shaft through weight  indicator  washer and seat frame hole  Thread knob  shaft into weight adjust bar  Install hex nut on knob shaft     9  Position seat boot to seat frame and secure with  eighteen  18  x   mas tree clips     10 Position bottom cushion to seat frame and secure  with two  2  cap screws     11  Position back cushion to seat frame and secure with  six  6  x mas tree clips     12 Assemble back rest knob to seat and secure with nut   Apply label to knob     13 Assemble back panel and then armrest assemblies  to seat     14 Install operator seat on machine  see Operator Seat  Installation in this section         Figure 30    3  Lumbar supp
198. ort knob  4  Seat position lever    _    Back rest knob  2  Seat suspension knob    Chassis       Hood    35 to 45 in Ib   4 0 to 5 1 N m        Figure 31  1  Hood 8  Hood prop rod 15  Hood support  2  Flat washer  4 used  9  Cotter pin 16  Prop rod support  3  Rubber latch  2 used  10  Screw  21 used  17  Bulb seal  4  Grommet 11  Lock nut  21 used  18  Flange head screw  8 used   5  Washer head screw  2 used  12  Cap screw  3 used  19  Flange nut  11 used   6  Hair pin cotter 13  Latch catch  2 used  20  Foam seal  2 used   7  Intake screen 14  Seal angle 21  Bulb seal    Chassis Page 6     28 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  31    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch    2  Unlatch and raise hood     3  Remove hair pin cotter  item 6  from left side frame  rod     4  Slide hood to left side of machine to free hood sup   port from frame rods     5  Remove hood from machine     6  If necessary  remove hood components using Figure  31 as a guide     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 6     29    Installation  Fig  31     1  Install all removed hood components using Figure  31 as a guide  If intake screen was removed from hood   make sure that hood support  seal angle and prop rod  support are attached to hood before installing screen   Secure screen to hood with screws and lock nuts   Torque fasteners that secure screen from 35 to 45 in  Ib   4 0 to 5 1 N   m     
199. ose     B  Do not remove machine fuel tank cap while en   gine is hot or running     C  Do not smoke while handling fuel     D  Fill fuel tank outdoors and only to within an inch of  the top of the tank  not the filler neck  Do not overfill     E  Replace fuel tank and fuel container caps secure   ly after refueling machine     F  If fuel is spilled  do not attempt to start the engine  but move the machine away from the area of the spill   age  Avoid creating any source of ignition until fuel  vapors have dissipated  Wipe up any spilled fuel     4  Do not touch engine  radiator or exhaust system  while engine is running or soon after it is stopped  These  areas could be hot enough to cause burns     5  Before getting off the seat     A  Ensure that both drive handles are in the neutral  lock position     B  Lower and disengage cutting deck  or imple   ment  and wait for all movement to stop     C  Set parking brake   D  Stop engine and remove key from ignition switch     6  Anytime the machine is parked  short or long term    the cutting deck  or implement  should be lowered to the  ground  This relieves pressure from the lift circuit and  eliminates the risk of the cutting deck  or implement  ac   cidentally lowering to the ground     7  Do not park on slopes unless wheels are chocked or  blocked     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Maintenance and Service    1  Before servicing or making adjustments  lower cut   ting deck  or implement   stop engine  set parking brake  and remove
200. oses to  drain into a suitable container  Install clean plugs in hose  openings to prevent system contamination     5  Remove cotter pin that secures lift lever valve link to  control valve spool  Fig  100   Slide link from spool     6  Support the control valve to prevent it from falling  during removal     7  Remove two  2  cap screws  lock washers and flat  washers that secure lift control valve to machine  Fig   100   Remove control valve     8  If necessary  remove hydraulic fittings from lift con   trol valve  Note orientation of fittings for assembly pur   poses  Remove and discard O rings from fittings     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4   85    Installation  Fig  99     1  If hydraulic fittings were removed from lift control  valve  lubricate and install new O rings to fittings  Install  fittings into valve ports  see Hydraulic Fitting Installation  in the General Information section of this chapter    Orientate fittings as noted during removal     2  Position lift control valve to machine frame and se   cure with two  2  cap screws  lock washers and flat  washers  Fig  100      3  Attach lift lever valve link to control valve spool and  secure with cotter pin  Fig  100      4  Remove plugs that were installed in hydraulic hoses  during the removal procedure  Attach hydraulic hoses to  fittings on lift control valve using labels placed during re   moval  see Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installation in the  General Information section of this chapter      5  Make sure h
201. osition     The radiator and oil cooler may be hot  To avoid  possible burns  allow the engine and cooling  systems to cool before working on the oil cooler        3  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and oil cooler  fittings to prevent hydraulic system contamination  La   bel hydraulic hoses for assembly purposes     4  Remove hydraulic hoses from oil cooler  Install clean  plugs in hose openings to prevent contamination  Re   move and discard O rings from oil cooler fittings     5  Rotate clamp and tilt oil cooler from radiator frame   Slide left side of oil cooler from radiator frame by aligning    roll pin in cooler mount with slot in radiator frame  Then   remove right side of cooler from radiator frame     Inspection    1  Back flush oil cooler with cleaning solvent  Make  sure all solvent is drained from the cooler     Use eye protection such as goggles when using  compressed air to dry oil cooler   2  Dry inside of oil cooler using compressed air in the    opposite direction of the oil flow     3  Install clean plugs on oil cooler ports  Thoroughly  clean exterior of cooler     4  The oil cooler should be free of corrosion  cracked    2  Lubricate and place new O rings in oil cooler ports   Remove plugs from hydraulic hoses  Connect hydraulic  hoses to oil cooler using labels placed during removal   see Hydraulic Hose and Tube Installation in the Gener   al Information section of this chapter      3  Make sure hydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary
202. otection from in   ductive voltage spikes when the PTO clutch is de ener   gized  The diode plugs into the wiring harness under the  operator seat     Testing    The diode  Fig  24  can be tested using a digital multime   ter  diode test or ohms setting  and the table below        Multimeter Multimeter  Red Lead       Black Lead     Continuity    Figure 24    T inal T inal 1  Diode 3  Female terminal  on lermina on lermina 2  Male terminal     nme   we   x    ru  ceu  cw       Electrical System Page 5   20 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Glow Relay    The glow relay used on the Groundsmaster 7200 and  7210 allows electrical current to the engine glow plugs  when energized  The glow relay is attached to the frame  in the engine compartment     The glow relay is energized by the glow controller when  the ignition switch is initially turned to ON PREHEAT  and also when the ignition switch is turned to START   Testing    1  Raise and support hood     2  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position  Dis   connect wire harness electrical connector from glow  relay        Figure 25    NOTE  Prior to taking small resistance readings with a 1  Glow relay 2  Engine    digital multimeter  short the meter test leads together   The meter will display a small resistance value  usually  0 5 ohms or less   This resistance is due to the internal  resistance of the meter and test leads  Subtract this val   ue from from the measured value of the component you  are testing                 3  Veri
203. oughly   Apply thread sealant to the threads of the switch     B  Thread warning switch into the housing  Torque  switch from 16 to 20 ft lb  21 7 to 27 1 N m      C  Reconnect harness wire connector to warning  switch     6  Fill engine cooling system     7  Lower and secure hood        Figure 27  1  High temperature warning switch                            Figure 28    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    High Temperature Shutdown Switch    The high temperature shutdown switch is located on the  water pump housing  Fig  29   The high temperature  shutdown switch is normally open and closes when en   gine coolant temperature reaches approximately 240  F   115  C   When excessive engine coolant temperature  causes the shutdown switch to close  the engine shuts  down  There is a blue white wire attached to the shut   down switch     The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the op   eration of the high temperature shutdown switch  If ex   cessive engine coolant temperature causes the high  temperature shutdown switch to close  the High Tem   perature Shutdown LED on the SCM will be illuminated   The switch and its circuit wiring should be tested using  the SCM before performing the following testing proce   dure     Testing    1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  apply parking brake and re   move key from ignition switch  Open hood to gain ac   cess to engine     Make sure engine is cool before removing the    high temperature shutdown s
204. ould be illuminated when the  ignition key switch is in the ON position  The Power input  LED should also be illuminated when the ignition key  switch is in the START position     The Start input LED should be illuminated when the igni   tion key switch is in the START position     The Neutral input LED should be illuminated when both  traction control levers are in the neutral locked position     The Parking Brake Off input LED should be illuminated  when the parking brake is not applied     The PTO Switch input LED should be illuminated when  the PTO switch is on  pulled out      The In Seat input LED should be illuminated when the  operator is sitting in the seat     The High Temperature Shutdown input LED should be  illuminated when the engine high temperature shut   down switch closes due to engine coolant temperature  of 240  F  115  C   approximate      The High Temperature Warning input LED should be il   luminated when the engine high temperature warning  switch closes due to engine coolant temperature of  220  F  105  C   approximate      The Backlap input LED is not used on the Groundsmas   ter 7200 7210     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5   17    SCM Outputs  Fig  21     The Start output LED should be illuminated when the  ignition key switch is in the START position with the trac   tion control levers both in the neutral locked position   the PTO switch OFF and either the seat occupied or  parking brake engaged     The Run output LED should be illuminated when 
205. ould possibly dam   age the oil seals  Lubricate the shaft and spacer with  grease     8  Install spindle shaft spacer onto shaft  Place thin  sleeve or tape on spindle shaft splines to prevent seal  damage during shaft installation     9  Carefully slide spindle shaft with spacer up through  spindle housing  The bottom oil seal and spindle spacer  fit together when the spindle is fully installed     10 Install O ring to top of spindle shaft  Fig  14      NOTE  Early production spindle assemblies included a  V ring seal which has been found to be unnecessary  Do  not install a v ring seal when assembling the spindle     11 Install pulley  hub down   special hardened washer  and lock nut to spindle shaft  Fig  14   Tighten lock nut  from 130 to 150 ft lb  176 to 203 N   m      IMPORTANT  Pneumatic grease guns can produce  high pressure inside spindle housing that can dam   age spindle seals  Pneumatic grease guns  there   fore  are not recommended to be used for greasing  of spindle housings     12 Attach a hand pump grease gun to grease fitting on  housing and fill housing cavity with grease until grease  starts to come out of lower seal     13 Rotate spindle shaft to make sure that it turns freely                                         1  Bearing cup 4  Arbor press  2  Large snap ring 5  Support  3  Outer spacer 6  Arbor press base                                                                            Figure 13  1  Bottom seal installation 2  Upper seal installation    
206. ove key from the ignition switch     Hydraulic System Page 4     48 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    4  Remove wheel assembly and brake assembly from  the machine  see Wheel Removal and Brake Removal  in the Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6     Chas   sis      IMPORTANT  DO NOT hit wheel hub  wheel hub  puller or wheel motor with a hammer during removal  or installation  Hammering may cause damage to  the wheel motor     5  Use appropriate puller to loosen wheel hub from  wheel motor     6  Remove lock nut and loosened wheel hub from mo   tor shaft  Locate and retrieve woodruff key from wheel  motor shaft     7  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  wheel motor to prevent hydraulic system contamination     8  Label all hydraulic hoses and fittings for assembly  purposes  Fig  33   Remove hydraulic hoses from fit   tings on wheel motor  Allow hoses to drain into a suitable  container     9  Mark hydraulic fitting orientation to allow correct as   sembly  Remove hydraulic fittings from wheel motor   Remove and discard O rings from fittings     10 Put clean plugs in disconnected hydraulic hoses and  wheel motor ports to prevent system contamination     11  Support the wheel motor to prevent it from falling dur   ing removal     12 Remove four  4  socket head screws that secure  wheel motor to the machine     13 Remove wheel motor from frame   Installation  Fig  32     IMPORTANT  Because of internal differences in  wheel motors  DO NOT interchange wheel motors  
207. pairs    Rear Wheels       75 to 85 ft lb   102 to 115 N m     Figure 1    Socket head screw  4 used   Wheel motor  LH shown   Woodruff key     O ring   0  Hydraulic fitting    Lock nut   Lug nut  5 used per wheel   Wheel assembly   Wheel hub   Wheel stud  5 used per wheel     m p o ct  SP PND    Chassis Page 6 4       11  O ring   12  Hydraulic fitting   13  Hydraulic hose   14  Hydraulic hose   15  Parking brake  LH shown     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  1     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine and remove key from the  ignition switch     NOTE  If machine is equipped with Polar TracTM Kit   see Polar Trac    Wheels in this section for information  regarding wheel removal     2  Loosen  but do not remove  lug nuts that secure rear  wheel that is to be removed     Before jacking up the machine  review and follow  Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1     Safety  Do not  support machine on rear wheel hubs  brake ro   tors      3  Jack up rear wheel and use appropriate jack stands  to support the machine     4  Remove lug nuts from drive studs  Remove rear  wheel from machine     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 6 5    Installation  Fig  1   1  Secure wheel to machine with five  5  lug nuts     2  Lower wheel to ground  Torque wheel lug nuts in a  crossing pattern from 75 to 85 ft Ib  102 to 115 N   m      Chassis       Polar Trac    Wheels    Front frame   Bogie assembly   Lock nut   Rear wheel hub  LH shown   Wheel as
208. placement parts and  accessories  Replacement parts and accessories made  by other manufacturers may result in non conformance  with the safety standards  and the warranty may be  voided     19 When changing attachments  tires or performing  other service  use correct blocks  hoists and jacks   Make sure machine is parked on a solid level floor such  as a concrete floor  Prior to raising the machine  remove  any attachments that may interfere with the safe and  proper raising of the machine  Always chock or block  wheels  Use appropriate jack stands to support the  raised machine  If the machine is not properly supported  by appropriate jack stands  the machine may move or  fall  which may result in personal injury  see Jacking In   structions in this section      Safety       Jacking Instructions    When changing attachments  tires or performing  other service  use correct blocks  hoists and  jacks  Make sure machine is parked on a solid lev   el floor such as a concrete floor  Prior to raising    machine  remove any attachments that may inter   fere with the safe and proper raising of the ma   chine  Always chock or block wheels  Use ap   propriate jack stands to support the raised ma   chine  If the machine is not properly supported by  appropriate jack stands  the machine may move  or fall  which may result in personal injury        Jacking the Front    1  Apply parking brake and chock both rear tires to pre   vent the machine from moving     2  Position jack to machine  
209. position        Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5 7    Possible Causes    The operator seat is unoccupied   Oil level in hydraulic tank is low   The seat switch or circuit wiring is faulty     Wiring to the transmission PTO solenoid valve coil is  loose  corroded or damaged  see Chapter 8     Foldout  Diagrams      The transmission PTO solenoid valve coil is faulty   The PTO switch is faulty     Engine temperature is excessive  above 220  F    105  C      High temperature warning switch or circuit wiring is  faulty     The Standard Control Module is faulty     Transmission hydraulic solenoid valve is faulty  see  Chapter 4     Hydraulic System      PTO clutch in transmission is worn or damaged  see  Chapter 4     Hydraulic System      Transmission pressure valve or charge pump is faulty   see Chapter 4     Hydraulic System      o  o         o  E  wi       Electrical System    Electrical System Quick Checks    Battery Test  Open Circuit Test     Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the  battery terminals     Set multimeter to the DC volts setting  The battery  should be at a temperature of 60  to 100 F  16  to  38  C   The ignition key should be off and all accessories  turned off  Connect the positive     meter lead to the  positive battery post and the negative       meter lead to  the negative battery post  Measure and record the bat   tery voltage  Use the chart at right to determine charge  level of battery     NOTE  This test provides a relative condition of t
210. ransmis   sion piston pump needs to be inspected  repaired or  replaced as necessary     15 If transmission piston pump flow specification is met   and a traction circuit problem has been identified  con   sider that a wheel motor is worn or damaged  see Wheel  Motor Efficiency Test in this section      16 Relieve hydraulic system pressure  see Relieving  Hydraulic System Pressure in the General Information  section   Disconnect tester from transmission fitting and  hose  Reconnect hydraulic hose to transmission port fit   ting     17 If necessary  repeat flow test for other transmission  piston pump     Hydraulic System    2   s      a  z N   ER  ZO       Traction Relief Valve Pressure Test  Using Tester with Pressure Gauges and Flow Meter                    LIFT CYLINDER                                                                                                                Hulu                                        and                               VALVES                            4000 PSI  276 bar   4000 PSI  276 bar                             RE    SE                         FLUSHING  VALVE   FLUSHING  VALVE       PORT  B  PORT  D             RIGHT SIDE FORWARD  TRACTION RELIEF VALVE  TESTING SHOWN             UNF       BYPASS  BYPASS      Geo  HYDRAULIC B    TESTER    FORWARD              NN    MOTOR  g     AA    ce  LSH    LH WHEEL    MOTOR A   00 to 310    RH WHEEL       Figure 17    Hydraulic System Page 4     30 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    The Traction Relie
211. rating  hours and every 30 days if machine is in storage     6  Maintain cell level with distilled or demineralized wa   ter  Do not fill cells above the fill line     Electrical System    E  2     o  2  Lu    E  2   ra      cp       Battery Service    The battery is the heart of the electrical system  With  regular and proper service  battery life can be extended   Additionally  battery and electrical component failure  can be prevented     When working with batteries  use extreme cau     tion to avoid splashing or spilling electrolyte   Electrolyte can destroy clothing and burn skin or  eyes  Always wear safety goggles and a face  shield when working with batteries        Electrolyte Specific Gravity  Fully charged  1 265 corrected to 80  F  26 7  C   Discharged  less than 1 240    Battery Specifications  BCI Group Size 26   540 CCA at 0  F   17 8   C   Reserve Capacity of 80 minutes at 80  F  26 7  C     Dimensions  including terminal posts and caps   Length 8 2 inches  20 8 cm   Width 6 8 inches  17 3 cm   Height 8 0 inches  20 3 cm     Removal  Fig  41     IMPORTANT  Be careful to not damage terminal  posts or cable connectors when removing the bat   tery cables     1  Unlatch  raise and support hood  Loosen battery re   tainer securing the side of the battery to the frame     2  Loosen nut on ground cable     first and remove  ground cable from battery  This should prevent short cir   cuiting the battery  other components or the operators  hands     3  Once negative cab
212. req 972  ISd 000P  SINIYA 431738                                     r   aC  G       MO 4  i uonong Jo unay     eBieuo  almsselg wo     eunsseJg BUMIOM     esieu  uno WIT  aa 0124 0024 Jasewspuno 9    VA    22      bo          Page 4 12 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic System    Lift Circuit  Raise     A single section gear pump is directly coupled to the  transmission which is driven by the engine  This gear  pump supplies hydraulic flow for raising and lowering  the cutting deck  or implement   The pump takes its suc   tion from the hydraulic tank     During conditions of not raising or lowering the cutting  deck  or implement   flow from the gear pump is by     passed by the lift control valve directly to the oil cooler  and then to the transmission  Flow then returns to the  hydraulic tank     When the lift control lever is moved to the RAISE posi   tion  the control valve spool is shifted  This shifted spool  allows hydraulic flow from the gear pump to the barrel  end of the lift cylinder  At the same time  the pilot check  valve in the lift control valve is unseated  The lift cylinder  extends  causing the cutting deck  or implement  to  raise  The fluid displaced from the rod end of the lift cylin   der is routed past the unseated pilot check valve  to the  oil cooler  transmission and then to the hydraulic tank   An orifice fitting at the barrel end of the lift cylinder con   trols the extending speed of the lift cylinder while raising  the cutting deck  or implem
213. ring  item 21  and lock   out seat  item 22  with O ring  item 23  from valve body     8  Remove adapter plug  item 14  with O ring  item    15   poppet stop  item 10   spring  item 2  and poppet   item 11  from control valve body     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    9  Remove lockout seat  item 22  with O   ing  item 23   from control valve body  Remove detent plunger  item  19      10 If necessary  remove plug from control valve  Fig   102   Note  If machine is equipped with optional rear lift  kit  a fitting and sleeve will be installed in place of plug     Inspection    1  Inspect spool and spool bore for wear  If wear is ex   cessive  replace lift control valve assembly     2  Inspect all springs and replace if damaged or broken     3  Inspect detent plunger  detent ball and poppet for  wear  Replace as necessary     4  Inspect lockout seats for wear or damage  Replace  as necessary     5  Inspect control valve housing threads and O ring  sealing surfaces  Replace as necessary     6  Inspect threads and O ring sealing surfaces on  plugs  Replace as necessary     Assembly  Fig  101     IMPORTANT  Do not wipe parts with dry paper tow   els or rags  Lint may cause damage to the hydraulic  system     4h  caution       Use eye protection such as goggles when using  compressed air     1  Clean all control valve components with clean sol   vent and blow dry with compressed air     2  Replace all removed O rings  Lightly lubricate new  O rings with clean hydraulic oil before assembly 
214. ring from PTO  shaft  Discard bearing     40 Slide three  3  rods from holes in clutch assembly   41 Slide PTO gear assembly from clutch assembly     NOTE  Because individual clutch components are not  available  disassembly of the clutch assembly is not  necessary           Figure 60  1  Bearing 4  Gear  2  PTO shaft 5  Clutch assembly  3  Spacer 6  Key    2     r  L3   cs   gt     lt         Figure 61  1  Seal ring  2 used  5  A plate  3 used   2  PTO shaft 6  Friction plate  3 used   3  B plate 7  Bearing  4  C plate       Figure 62    1  Rod  3 used  3  PTO gear  2  Clutch assembly    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 65 Hydraulic System    42 If necessary  remove two  2  bearings from PTO  gear  Discard removed bearings  Remove retaining ring  from groove in PTO gear bore        Figure 63    1  Bearing 3  Retaining ring  2  PTO gear    43 Remove two  2  plugs from transmission pump  housing  Remove and discard O rings from plugs        Figure 64    1  Socket head plug 3  Pump housing  2  Hex plug    44 Remove three  3  socket head screws that secure  both side covers to transmission pump housing     45 Carefully slide side covers from trunnion shafts and  housing  Remove and discard O rings from side cov   ers     46 Remove retaining rings that secure oil seals into both  side covers  Remove oil seals from side covers  Discard  seals        Figure 65  1  Side cover 4  Retaining ring  2  O ring 5  Oil seal  3  Pump housing    Hydraulic System Page 4     66 Groundsmaster 7200
215. ring that secures lift cylinder barrel  end to pin on carrier frame     6  Remove flange head screw and pivot pin that secure  lift cylinder rod end to RH lift arm  Fig  107      7  Remove lift cylinder from machine     8  If necessary  remove hydraulic fittings from lift cylin   der  Remove and discard O rings from fittings  Note that  fitting on barrel end of cylinder is an orifice fitting that is  different than fitting on rod end of cylinder     Installation  Fig  106     1  If hydraulic fittings were removed from lift cylinder  lu   bricate and install new O rings to fittings  Install fittings  into lift cylinder ports and torque fittings from 15 to 19 ft   Ib  20 to 25 N   m   Make sure that fitting on barrel end  of cylinder is the orifice fitting     2  Position lift cylinder to the machine     3  Secure cylinder barrel end to pin on carrier frame  with retaining ring     4  Secure cylinder rod end to RH lift arm with pivot pin  and flange head screw  Fig  107      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4 93    5  Remove plugs that were installed in hydraulic hoses  during the removal procedure  Correctly connect hy   draulic hoses to lift cylinder fittings using labels placed  during lift cylinder removal  see Hydraulic Hose and  Tube Installation in the General Information section of  this chapter      6  Lubricate grease fittings on lift cylinder and pivot pin     7  Make sure hydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary        Figure 107    1  Lift cylinder 2 
216. rly secured dur   ing assembly     1  Assemble air cleaner system using Figures 3 and 4  as guides     A  Make sure that vacuator valve is pointed down af   ter assembly  Fig  4      B  Make sure that inlet hose  item 2  has clearance  around it at all points after air cleaner installation is  completed     C  Ifindicator and nipple were removed from hous   ing  apply sealant to threads of nipple before assem   bly     2  Close and latch hood     BON    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 3 7    Vacuator valve       Air filter  Gasket  Bracket  Nipple    Kubota Diesel Engine    E      s3  Su  a    Co  X o0  2  a       Exhaust System    17 to 21 ft lb   23 to 28 N m     38 to 48 in Ib   4 3 to 5 4 N m                                   Figure 5  1  Muffler  GM 7200 shown  4  Carriage screw  2 used  6  Flange lock nut  2 used   2  Exhaust gasket 5  Muffler bracket 7  Flange nut  4 used     3  Engine  GM 7200 shown     Kubota Diesel Engine Page 3 8 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  5     The engine and exhaust system may be hot  To  avoid possible burns  allow the engine and ex   haust system to cool before working on the ex   haust system        1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting unit   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch        2  Unlatch and raise hood     Figure 6  3  Remove two  2  carriage screws and flange lock nuts 1  Flange lock nut 3  Muffler bracket    that secure the muffler to the muffler bracket  F
217. rn the battery to service     60  F  50  F  9 3 40  F  30  F       Installation  Fig  41     IMPORTANT  To prevent possible electrical prob   lems  install only a fully charged battery     1  Make sure ignition and all accessories are OFF     2  Make sure battery compartment is clean and re   painted if necessary  Place battery tray in position     3  Make sure all battery cables  battery retainer and  electrical connections are in good condition     4  Place battery in its compartment  Make sure battery  is level and flat  Connect positive     cable connector  onto positive     battery post  Secure cable cap screw  and lock nut using two wrenches     5  Secure battery retainer with flat washer and flange  nut  Do not overtighten to prevent cracking or distorting  the battery case     6  Connect a digital multimeter  set to amps  between  the negative       battery post and the negative       cable  connector  The reading should be less than 0 1 amp  A  reading of more than 0 1 amp usually indicates a faulty  switch  a shorted circuit or grounded wire  Identify and  repair electrical faults before returning machine to ser   vice     Electrical System    o  o         o  E  wi    E  2   ra   E   7         7  Connect negative     cable connector to the nega   tive       battery post  Secure cable cap screw and lock  nut using two wrenches     8  After connections are made  apply battery terminal  protector  Toro Part No  107   0392  or a light coat of  grease on all battery post
218. rom the solenoid valve stem   Fig  40      5  Clean any corrosion or dirt from the valve stem   Installation   1  Slide new coil assembly  seals and washers onto the  solenoid valve stem  Make sure to properly position    seals and washers  Fig  40      IMPORTANT  When securing solenoid valve coil to  solenoid  do not over   tighten hex nut     2  Install the hex nut onto the spool assembly and  torque nut from 53 to 69 in Ib  5 9 to 7 8 N   m      3  Connect the wire harness electrical connector to the  solenoid valve coil connector     Electrical System       Page 5     28       Figure 39    1  Transmission 3  Coil connector    2  Solenoid valve and coil    53 to 69 in Ib   5 9 to 7 8 N m     Figure 40  1  Hexnut 4  Seal  2  Lock washer 5  Solenoid valve coil  3  Washer    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Battery Storage  If the machine will be stored for more than 30 days     1  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position  Re   move the battery and charge it fully  see Battery Ser   vice      2  Either store battery on a shelf or on the machine     Battery Care    1  Battery electrolyte level must be properly main   tained  The top of the battery must be kept clean  If the  machine is stored in a location where temperatures are  extremely high  the battery will discharge more rapidly  than if the machine is stored in a location where temper   atures are cool     Wear safety goggles and rubber gloves when  working with electrolyte  Charge battery in a  well ventilated place 
219. ry because it can ex   plode and cause injury  Let the battery warm to  60  F  15 5  C  before connecting to a charger     Charge the battery in a well   ventilated place to  dissipate gases produced from charging  These  gases are explosive  keep open flame and elec   trical spark away from the battery  Do not smoke   Nausea may result if the gases are inhaled  Un   plug the charger from the electrical outlet before  connecting or disconnecting the charger leads  from the battery posts        3  Following the manufacturer s instructions  con   nect the charger cables to the battery posts  Make sure  a good connection is made     4  Charge the battery following the manufacturer   s  instructions     5  Occasionally check the temperature of the battery  electrolyte  If the temperature exceeds 125  F  51 6  C   or the electrolyte is violently gassing or spewing  the  charging rate must be lowered or temporarily stopped     6  Three hours prior to the end of the charging  mea   sure the specific gravity of a battery cell once per hour   The battery is fully charged when the cells are gassing  freely at a low charging rate and there is less than a  0 003 change in specific gravity for three consecutive  readings     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Chapter 6    TORO        Chassis    Table of Contents    SPECIFICATIONS           000  c eee cence 2  GENERAL INFORMATION                       3  Operator   s Manual                            3  SERVICE AND REPAIRS                    eee 4
220. s and cable connectors to re   duce corrosion     Charging    To minimize possible damage to the battery and allow  the battery to be fully charged  the slow charging meth   od is presented here  This charging method can be ac   complished with a constant current battery charger  which should be available locally     Follow the manufacturer   s instructions when us   ing a battery charger     NOTE  Using specific gravity of the battery cells is the  most accurate method of determining battery condition        1  Determine the battery charge level from either its  specific gravity or open circuit voltage     Battery Charge Specific Open Circuit  Level Gravity Voltage  100  1 265 12 68    50  1 190 12 24  25  1 155 12 06  0  1 120 11 89       2  Determine the charging time and rate using the  manufacturer   s battery charger instructions or the  following table     Electrical System    Page 5   32    Battery Battery Charge Level  Reserve  Percent of Fully Charged   Capacity    ites   80 or 3 8 hrs   7 5 hrs   11 3 hrs   15 hrs  less           3 amps   3amps   3 amps   3 amps   81 t0 125   5 3hrs  10 5 hrs   15 8 hrs   21 hrs  o o o o   4amps   4amps   4amps   4amps   126 to 5 5 hrs 11 hrs 16 5 hrs   22 hrs  170 O         5 amps   5 amps   5 amps   5 amps   171 to 5 8 hrs   11 5 hrs   17 3hrs   23 hrs  250           6 amps   6 amps   6 amps   6 amps    above 6 hrs 12 hrs 18 hrs 24 hrs  250 O O      10 amps   10 amps   10 amps   10 amps     CAUTION    Do not charge a frozen batte
221. s to be tested  Make sure the flow control valve  on the tester is fully open     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     31    7  Start engine and run at low idle speed  1500 to 1650  RPM   Check for any hydraulic leakage from test con   nections and correct before proceeding with test     IMPORTANT  Do not run engine at full speed when  performing this test using Toro Hydraulic Tester   Pressure and Flow   TOR214678   Traction pump  output at full engine speed can damage hydraulic  tester     8  Using a phototac to measure engine speed  move  throttle so engine speed is 2800 RPM  not full speed      9  Completely close flow control valve on tester     10 Leave traction control lever for transmission pump  not being tested in the neutral position     11 While carefully monitoring tester pressure gauge   have operator slowly push traction lever for pump being  tested  right side or left side  in direction being tested   forward or reverse  until pressure gauge stabilizes indi   cating that the relief valve has opened  Pressure gauge  should read approximately 4000 PSI  276 bar  as relief  valve lifts     12 Release traction lever to the neutral position  open  tester flow control valve and stop engine  Record test re   sults     NOTE  The forward relief valves for the two  2  trans   mission pump circuits are identical and thus can be in   terchanged  The reverse relief valves are also identical   The forward relief valves  however  are different than the  reverse relief valves
222. s while it cools  to a safe level  Then  the cooling system should be  checked before returning the machine to service     Testing    1  Before disconnecting the PTO switch for testing  the  switch and its circuit wiring should be tested as a SCM  input  see Standard Control Module in this section      2  If the SCM verifies that the PTO switch and circuit  wiring are functioning correctly  no further switch testing  is necessary     3  If the SCM determines that the PTO switch and cir   cuit wiring are not functioning correctly  test PTO switch  as follows     A  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position   Locate PTO switch for testing     B  Disconnect machine wire harness electrical con   nector from the PTO switch     C  The PTO switch terminals are identified as shown  in Fig  12  The circuitry of the PTO switch is shown in  ithe chart in the right column  With the use of a multi   meter  ohms setting   the switch functions may be  tested to determine whether continuity exists be   tween the various terminals for each switch position   Verify continuity between switch terminals     Groundsmaster 7200 7210          Page 5   13    D  Replace PTO switch if necessary     E  If the PTO switch tests correctly and a circuit  problem still exists  check wire harness  see Electri   cal Schematics and Circuit Drawings in Chapter 8      Foldout Diagrams      F  Connect machine wire harness connector to PTO  Switch  Check PTO switch operation     Ay   Figure 11  2  PTO switch
223. sembly  6 used   Lug nut  5 used per wheel     PO PON      Chassis    fo        10   11   12        Figure 2  Drive track  Woodruff key  Wheel stud  5 used per hub   Rear wheel motor  LH shown   Parking brake  LH shown   Screw  4 used per motor     Page 6 6    g       13  14  15  16  17    1     o a         e               e i  EN                               65 to 85 ft lb  6    E                 88 to 115 N m       Lock nut     Flat washer     Hex nut     Bogey pivot assembly  LH shown     Wheel stud  5 used per hub     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  2     NOTE  Refer to the Polar TracTM Operator s Manual for  additional information regarding drive track and wheel  removal     1  Park machine on a level surface  lower implement   stop engine and remove key from the ignition switch     NOTE  When removing wheels from a Polar Trac     equipped machine  the center wheel must be removed  first to allow track clearance for front or rear wheels     2  Loosen  but do not remove  lug nuts that secure  wheels that are to be removed     3  Position two  2  jack stands under the rear bumper  tube at a height so that they contact or nearly contact the  bumper     4  On the side of the machine that is to have the  wheel s  removed  Fig  3      A  Remove two  2  screws securing the side access  cover to the machine  Remove the access cover     B  Remove the lock nut and flat washer that secures  the bogie pivot to the front frame     5  Position a suitable floor jack under the
224. shandling during operation and maintenance   These conditions can cause hose damage and deterio   ration  Some hoses are more susceptible to these  conditions than others  Inspect all machine hydraulic  hoses frequently for signs of deterioration or damage     Hard  cracked  cut  abraded  charred  leaking or  otherwise damaged hose     Kinked  crushed  flattened or twisted hose   Blistered  soft  degraded or loose hose cover   Cracked  damaged or badly corroded hose fittings     When replacing a hydraulic hose  be sure that the hose  is straight  not twisted  before tightening the fittings   This can be done by observing the imprint  layline  on  the hose  Use two wrenches  hold the hose straight with  one wrench and tighten the hose swivel nut onto the fit   ting with the other wrench  See Hydraulic Hose and  Tube Installation in this section   If the hose has an el   bow at one end  tighten the swivel nut on that end before  tightening the nut on the straight end of the hose     For additional hydraulic hose information  refer to Toro  Service Training Book  Hydraulic Hose Servicing  Part  Number 94813SL      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4 3    Before disconnecting or performing any work on  hydraulic system  relieve all pressure in system   see Relieving Hydraulic System Pressure in this  section      Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks or  nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high  pressure  Use paper or cardboard  not hands  to  search for leaks  Hydrauli
225. so gasses produced    while charging can dissipate  Since the gases  are explosive  keep open flames and electrical  sparks away from the battery  do not smoke   Nausea may result if the gases are inhaled  Un   plug charger from electrical outlet before con   necting or disconnecting charger leads to or  from battery posts        2  Keep top of battery clean by washing periodically  with a brush dipped in ammonia or bicarbonate of soda  solution  Flush top surface with water after cleaning  Do  not remove the fill caps while cleaning     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5     29    3  Leave cables disconnected if the battery is stored on  the machine     4  Store battery in a cool atmosphere to avoid quick de   terioration of the battery charge     5  To help prevent the battery from freezing during stor   age  make sure it is fully charged  see Battery Service      3  Battery cables must be tight on battery terminals to  provide good electrical contact     Connecting cables to the wrong post could re   sult in personal injury and or damage to the  electrical system        4  If corrosion occurs at battery terminals  disconnect  cables  Always disconnect negative       cable first   Clean cable clamps and terminals separately  Recon   nect cables with positive  4  cable first  Coat terminals  with battery terminal protector  Toro Part No  107   0392   or a light coat of grease to reduce corrosion after con   nections are made     5  Check battery electrolyte level every 25 ope
226. ster 7200 7210 Page 6     21 Chassis    Cutting Deck Lift Arms       Figure 21  1  Roll pin 10  Retaining ring  2 used  19  Lift cylinder  2  Flange head screw 11  RH front lift arm 20  Cap screw  4 used   3  RH rear lift arm 12  Cap screw  4 used  21  Woodruff key  2 used   4  Lock nut  2 used  13  Link  2 used  22  Deck lift chain  4 used   5  Cap screw 14  Deck lift shaft 23  Flange nut  6 used   6  Spacer 15  Washer  2 used  24  Lock nut  3 used   7  Flange nut  2 used  16  Jam nut  1 used per ball joint  25  LH front lift arm  8  Height of cut pin 17  Ball joint  4 used  26  Washer  2 used   9  LH rear lift arm 18  Pivot pin 27  Pull link assembly  2 used     Disassembly  Fig  21     1  Park machine on a level surface with the cutting deck  in the fully raised position  Stop engine  engage park   ing brake and remove key from the ignition switch     2  Note location of HOC pin in HOC bracket for assem   bly purposes  Fig  22   Remove HOC pin from HOC  bracket     3  Start engine and fully lower cutting deck  Stop en   gine and remove key from the ignition switch        Figure 22  1  HOC pin 2  HOC bracket    Chassis Page 6   22 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    4  Remove lift arm components as necessary using  Figures 21 and 23 as guides     NOTE  If pull link assembly  item 27  removal is neces   sary  refer to Cutting Deck Pull Links in the Service and  Repairs section of Chapter 7     Cutting Deck     Assembly  Fig  21     1  Check flange bushing s  in carrier frame for wear
227. sured value of the component you are test     ing     1  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position  Dis   connect wire harness connector from fuel stop solenoid     2  Using a digital multimeter  touch one test lead to the  pull coil terminal and the other test lead to the fuel stop  solenoid frame  ground   Fig  36   The resistance of the  pull coil should be less than 1 ohm  but not zero      3  Using a digital multimeter  touch one test lead to the  hold coil terminal and the other test lead to the fuel stop  solenoid frame  ground   Fig  36   The resistance of the  hold coil should be approximately 15 ohms     4  If resistance of either coil is incorrect  replace fuel  stop solenoid     5  Connect wire harness connector to fuel stop sole   noid           Figure 35  1  Fuel stop solenoid 2  Harness connector       Figure 36    1  Fuel stop solenoid 3  Hold coil terminal  2  Pull coil terminal    Electrical System Page 5   26 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Glow Controller    The glow controller is attached to the inside of the con   trol panel cover  Fig  37      NOTE  Refer to Chapter 8     Foldout Diagrams when  troubleshooting the glow controller     Controller Operation    1  When the ignition switch is initially placed in the ON  position  the glow controller energizes the glow plugs for  10 seconds  The console glow plug indicator light will  also be illuminated for 10 seconds     2  When the ignition switch is turned to the START posi   tion  the glow plugs will e
228. switch has three positions  OFF  ON   PREHEAT and START  Fig  6   The switch terminals are  identified as shown in Figure 7     The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the op   eration of the ignition switch  When the ignition switch is  in the ON position  the SCM power input LED should be  illuminated     Testing    1  Before disconnecting the ignition switch for testing   the switch and its circuit wiring should be tested as a  SCM input  see Standard Control Module in this sec   tion      2  If the SCM verifies that the ignition switch and circuit  wiring are functioning correctly  no further switch testing  is necessary     3  If the SCM determines that the ignition switch and cir   cuit wiring are not functioning correctly  test ignition  switch as follows     A  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position   Disconnect wire harness connector from ignition  switch     B  The circuitry of the ignition switch is shown in the  chart in the right column  With the use of a multimeter   ohms setting   the switch functions may be tested to  determine whether continuity exists between the  various terminals for each switch position  Verify  continuity between switch terminals     C  Replace ignition switch if necessary     D  If the ignition switch tests correctly and a circuit  problem still exists  check wire harness  see Electri   cal Schematics and Circuit Drawings in Chapter 8      Foldout Diagrams      E  Connect machine wire harness connector to igni   tion switch
229. t  check oil level in  the hydraulic tank to make sure that oil level is correct     10 When using hydraulic tester  pressure and flow    open tester load valve completely before starting engine  to minimize the possibility of damaging components     11  The engine must be in good operating condition  En   gine speed can affect the accuracy of the hydraulic test   er readings  When performing hydraulic tests  check  engine speed with a phototac     12 If a traction circuit problem exists  consider perform   ing one or more of the following tests  Charge Relief  Valve Pressure  Transmission Piston Pump Flow  Trac   tion Relief Valve Pressure and or Wheel Motor Efficien     cy     13 If a lift circuit problem exists  consider performing  one or more of the following tests  Implement Relief  Pressure  Gear Pump Flow and or Lift Cylinder Internal  Leakage     14 If a PTO circuit problem exists  consider performing  the PTO Pressure Valve Test     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Traction System Operation Testing    Because the Groundsmaster 7200 7210 traction sys   tem uses two  2  separate circuits  it can be difficult to  identify which circuit is causing a problem and what hy   draulic tests should be performed  Use the following op   eration tests and suggestions before performing the  hydraulic tests described in this section     1  If machine does not track in a straight line  look for a  problem with components that affect the weaker traction  side ofthe machine  During operatio
230. t 3  Inner pump rotor  2  Outer pump rotor    38 Install two  2  pins into pump body bores     39 Apply clean grease to pump body O rings to hold  them in position during assembly  Place O rings in  pump body locations     2     r  LK   cs   gt     lt         Figure 87  1  Pin 2  Pump body    40 Place pump body onto center case making sure that  O rings remain in position  Install three  3  shorter and  two  2  longer flange head screws to secure pump body  to center case  Torque screws in a crossing pattern from  17 to 19 ft Ib  22 to 27 N m         Figure 88  1  Pump body 2  Center case    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4   75 Hydraulic System    41 Lubricate new O   rings and install O   rings onto two   2  hex plugs  Install plugs into pump body  Torque plugs  from 14 to 15 ft lb  18 to 21 N m      42 Apply sealant to threads of four  4  socket head plugs  and install into pump body  Torque plugs from 78 to 95  in   Ib  8 8 to 10 8 N   m         Figure 89  1  Hex plug  2 used  2  Socket plug  4 used     43 Lubricate accumulator components with clean hy   draulic oil  Install piston  spring and collar into pump  body  Make sure that hole in collar is toward the outside    of the pump body   lt      a JS   j   4 4 h        44 Position new gasket to accumulator cover  Secure  o  cover to pump body with two  2  bolts  Torque bolts from e        17 to 19 ft   Ib  22 to 27 N   m            Figure 90  1  Accumulator piston 3  Collar hole  2  Accumulator collar 4  Accumulator cover
231. t cylinder controls the contracting speed of the  lift cylinder while lowering the cutting deck  or imple   ment      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     15    Load on the lift cylinder causes lift circuit pressure to in   crease  If lift circuit pressure reaches implement relief  valve pressure  3000 PSI 207 bar   the relief valve in the  gear pump shifts allowing pump flow to return to the hy   draulic tank  This condition occurs in both the raise and  lower modes     When the lift control lever is released from LOWER   spring action returns the spool to its original  centered  position  stopping lift cylinder movement  Gear pump  flow is again bypassed through the oil cooler  transmis   sion and to the hydraulic tank  The pilot check valve in  the control valve will be reseated to lock the lift cylinder  in place     Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     oP       ysew 00    JooJ  5S Uuolfons              aaziouaN3                                                                       331138  LNW 1dN                                                                         ud  euibue ooze        eq 922  ISd 0007 INVA  SIATVA 331738 ONIHSN14                  KY                                                      SATA            Ssvala    Qquvwuod                            w Jeuung   q puppurts                                                                   Lo       7     HIONNAO 13N      NIHSNT4                      N                               1HOd  1NOH4  INN      
232. t of the  seat  the engine will stop  The seat switch and its electri   cal connector  Fig  16  are located directly under the  seat     The Standard Control Module  SCM  monitors the sta   tus of the seat switch  If the ignition switch is in the ON  position and the seat is occupied  the SCM in seat input  LED should be illuminated     Testing    1  Before disconnecting the seat switch for testing  the  switch and its circuit wiring should be tested as a SCM  input  see Standard Control Module in this section      2  Ifthe SCM verifies that the seat switch and circuit wir   ing are functioning correctly  no further switch testing is  necessary     3  If the SCM determines that the seat switch and circuit  wiring are not functioning correctly  test seat switch as  follows     A  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position   Tilt seat assembly up to gain access to seat switch  electrical connections     NOTE  There is a short wire harness that is used to  connect the sen at switch to the main wire harness  of the machine  This seat switch harness is between  the seat and the seat plate     B  Disconnect machine wire harness electrical con   nector from the seat switch harness electrical lead  under the operator seat  Fig  16      C  Check the continuity of the seat switch by con   necting a multimeter  ohms setting  across the seat  switch harness connector terminals     D  With no pressure on the seat  there should be no  continuity between the seat switch harness termi 
233. ta Diesel Engine    Fuel System    LH fuel tank  RH fuel tank  Fuel cap   LH vent tube  RH vent tube  Vent hose  Tee fitting  Flange nut  Fuel hose  10  Fuel pump  11  Fuel hose  12  R clamp   13  Cap screw  14  Fuel filter  15  Hose clamp    O D DT RON    Kubota Diesel Engine    Figure 7      Cable tie     Nut  3 used      Washer head screw  3 used     Spacer     R clamp  2 used      Fuel gauge     Clamp  4 used      Cap screw  4 used      Flange nut  4 used      Spacer     Shield washer  2 used      Cap screw     Flange nut  2 used      Toolbox cover     Washer head screw  6 used     Page 3   10            Fuel hose     Hinge     Flange head screw     R clamp     Rivet  2 used      Flat washer  2 used      Rubber washer  2 used     Foam pad  4 used      Grommet     Elbow fitting     Bushing  3 used      Elbow fitting  2 used      Hose clamp  2 used      Strainer fitting  2 used     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Use caution when storing or handling diesel fuel   Do not smoke while filling the fuel tank  Do not fill  fuel tank while engine is running or hot or when    machine is in an enclosed area  Always fill fuel  tank outside and clean up any spilled diesel fuel  before starting the engine  Store fuel in a clean   safety approved container and keep cap in  place  Use diesel fuel for the engine only  not for  any other purpose     Check Fuel Lines and Connections    Check fuel lines and connections periodically as recom   mended in the Operator s Manual  Check lines for dete 
234. tem 22   spring and disc  liberally with clean hydraulic fluid and install into valve  body bore     13 Install O   ring and detent plug  item 19  into valve  body  Torque plug from 4 to 5 ft lb  5 4 to 6 8 N m      Hydraulic System    9   s  O a    Y     Io       Lift Cylinder    15 to 19 ft lb   20 to 25 N m     15 to 19 ft lb   20 to 25 N m        Figure 106  1  Lift cylinder 6  Hydraulic hose 10  Grease fitting  2  O ring 7  Hydraulic hose 11  Flange head screw  3  Hydraulic fitting 8  Retaining ring 12  Pivot pin  4  O ring 9  Lift control valve 13  Lift lever  5  Hydraulic fitting  0 052 orifice     Hydraulic System Page 4     92 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Removal  Fig  106     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        1  Park machine on a level surface  lower cutting deck   or implement   stop engine  engage parking brake and  remove key from the ignition switch     2  Thoroughly clean hydraulic hose ends and fittings on  lift cylinder to prevent hydraulic system contamination     3  Label hydraulic hoses for assembly purposes  Also   label orientation of hydraulic hose at barrel end of lift cyl   inder to allow correct assembly     4  Disconnect hydraulic hoses connected to the hy   draulic fittings on the lift cylinder  Install clean plugs in  hose openings to prevent system contamination     5  Remove retaining 
235. the  ignition key switch is in the ON position and inputs from  the neutral  parking brake  PTO  seat and engine cool   ant temperature switches indicate safe engine opera   tion  e g  seat occupied and parking brake disengaged  when traction control levers are moved from the neutral  locked position      The PTO output LED should be illuminated when the  ignition key switch is in the ON position and the PTO  switch is ON  pulled out   Note  If the SCM High Temper   ature Warning input LED is illuminated  PTO output LED  will not be illuminated and PTO will be disengaged re   gardless of PTO switch position     Figure 20    1  Control panel cover 2  Latch       Figure 21  1  Power input LED 7  Park brake off input LED  2  Start input LED 8  PTO switch input LED  3  Engine run output LED 9  Inseat input LED  4  Start output LED 10  Temp shutdn input LED  5  PTO output LED 11  Temp warning input LED  6  Neutral input LED 12  Backlap input LED    Electrical System    Electrical    System       Standard Control Module Logic Chart    Each line of the following chart identifies the necessary  component position  INPUTS  in order for the SCM to  energize the appropriate OUTPUTS for machine opera   tion     Example  To start the engine with an operator in the  seat  when the ignition key is in start  the traction control  levers both in neutral locked position and the parking  brake is not applied  engine components and the engine  starter will be energized                           
236. ting  Fig  9   Secure spindle assembly to deck 88 to 108 rb  with eight  8  flange head screws and flange nuts   119 to 146 N m     2  Install cutting blade  anti   scalp cup and blade bolt   Fig  8   Tighten blade bolt from 88 to 108 ft Ib  119 to  146 N m      3  Slowly rotate cutting blades to verify that blades do  not contact any deck component s         4  Install drive belt to pulleys  Figure 8  1  Flange screw  8 used  4  Blade   5  Lubricate spindle grease fittings  2  Spindle assembly 5  Anti scalp cup  3  Flange nut  8 used  6  Blade bolt    6  Install belt covers to cutting deck  Lower the footrest        Figure 9  1  RH spindle grease fitting 2  Center spindle grease fitting 3  LH spindle grease fitting       Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 7   11 Cutting Deck    Blade Spindle Service  Disassembly  Fig  10   1  Remove lock nut from top of spindle shaft     NOTE  Early production spindle assemblies included a  V ring seal  item 4  which has been found to be unnec   essary  Discard v   ring seal if found in spindle assembly     2  Remove special hardened washer and pulley from  shaft  If spindle is equipped with a v   ring seal  remove  and discard v   ring seal     3  Remove the spindle shaft from the spindle housing  which may require the use of an arbor press  The spindle  shaft spacer should remain on the spindle shaft as the  shaft is being removed     4  Remove oil seals from spindle housing     5  Remove the bearing cones  O ring  inner bearing  spacer and spac
237. tings     8  Check cutting deck mismatch and pitch  Adjust if  necessary        1  Pull link  raised   2  Cap screw  3  Torsion spring end    4  Retainer pin  5  Pivot pin    Cutting Deck       This page is intentionally blank     Cutting Deck Page 7     18 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Chapter 8    TORO        Foldout Diagrams    Table of Contents    HYDRAULIC SCHEMATICS                      3  Hydraulic Schematic                           3  Hydraulic Schematic  With Rear Attach Lift Kit   Installed  a de on imei 4  Hydraulic Schematic  With Polar Trac            5  Hydraulic Schematic  With Polar Trac    and Rear   Attach Lift Kit Installed                        6   ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS                     7  Electrical Schematic                           7  Electrical Schematic  With Optional Kits   INCIUGEd  ieee eae tal it E RE 8   ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS               9  Glow Circuits             0    cece eee eee 9  Crank Circuits                               10  RUN  GireuitS edi iaa 11  Run Circuits  PTO Engaged                   12   WIRE HARNESS DRAWINGS                   13  Wire Harness Drawing                        13  Wire Harness Diagram                        14    a                gt    Ed   a       1  Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 8    1 Foldout Diagrams    This page is intentionally blank     Foldout Diagrams Page 8 2 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    RH WHEEL MOTOR  300 to 310 cc  LSHT    LH WHEEL MOTOR  300 to 310 cc  LSHT          q                       
238. tings on the hy   draulic tank and gear pump  Fig  95   Allow hoses to  drain into a suitable container  Install clean plugs in hose  and fitting openings to prevent system contamination     7  Remove parking brake handle from machine to allow  hydraulic tank repositioning  see Parking Brake Assem   bly in the Service and Repairs section of Chapter 6      Chassis      8  Remove reservoir support that secures hydraulic  tank to machine  see Hydraulic Tank Removal in this  section   Move hydraulic tank toward front of machine to  allow clearance for gear pump removal     9  Support the gear pump to prevent it from falling dur   ing removal     10  Remove two  2  cap screws and lock washers that  secure gear pump to the transmission     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    11  Remove gear pump from transmission  Remove and  discard O   ring  item 3   Locate and remove coupler  from transmission or gear pump shaft     12 If necessary  remove hydraulic fittings from pump   Remove and discard O rings from fittings     Installation  Fig  94     1  If hydraulic fittings were removed from pump  lubri   cate and install new O rings to fitting  Tighten fittings to  torque values identified in Figure 94  see Hydraulic Fit   ting Installation in the General Information section of this  chapter      2  Slide coupler onto transmission shaft  Lubricate O     ring  item 3  with grease and position on flange of gear    pump     IMPORTANT  Position gear pump to the transmis   sion so that the gear pump s
239. tion Relief Valve Pressure Test  Wheel Motor Efficiency Test  PTO Pressure Valve Test  Implement Relief Pressure Test  Gear Pump Flow Test  Lift Cylinder Internal Leakage Test    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Chapter 4    Hydraulic System    2 SERVICE AND REPAIRS                       43  3 General Precautions for Removing and  3 Installing Hydraulic System Components      43  4 Check Hydraulic Lines and Hoses              43  5 Flush Hydraulic System                       44  7 Charge Hydraulic System                     45  7 Hydraulic Tank          cee eee eee 46  7 Wheel Motors                               48  Wheel Motor Service                         50  8 Transmission ulus eee eee eee 52  9 Transmission Removal                      53  10 Transmission Installation                    54  10 Transmission Service                         56  12 Transmission Disassembly                   57  14 Transmission Assembly                     68  16 Gear Pump  oa 78  18 Gear Pump Service                          80  18 Lift Control Valve                             84  18 Lift Control Valve Service                      86  19 Polar Trac M Hydraulic Control Valve           88  19 Polar Trac    Hydraulic Control Valve Service    90  19 Lift Cylinder _                               92  20 Lift Cylinder Service                          94  24 Polar Trac    Lift Cylinder                     96  25 Polar Trac    Lift Cylinder Service              98  26 OI COO sink RR as 100  28 PARKER T
240. tion and the parking brake is disengaged   the SCM Parking Brake Off input LED should be illumi   nated  The parking brake switch and circuit wiring  should be tested as a SCM input before performing the  following testing procedure     Testing    1  Before disconnecting the parking brake switch for  testing  the switch and its circuit wiring should be tested  as a SCM input  see Standard Control Module in this  section      2  If the SCM verifies that the brake switch and circuit  wiring are functioning correctly  no further brake switch  testing is necessary     3  If the SCM determines that the brake switch and cir   cuit wiring are not functioning correctly  test switch as  follows     A  Make sure ignition switch is in the OFF position   Locate parking brake switch for testing     B  Disconnect machine wire harness electrical con   nector from the parking brake switch     C  Check the continuity of the switch by connecting a  multimeter  ohms setting  across the connector ter   minals     D  When the switch plunger is extended there  should be continuity  closed  between the switch ter   minals     E  When the switch plunger is depressed  there  should be no continuity  open  between the switch  terminals     F  Replace brake switch if necessary     G  If the brake switch tests correctly and a circuit  problem still exists  check wire harness  see Electri   cal Schematics and Circuit Drawings in Chapter 8      Foldout Diagrams      H  Connect switch connector to machine 
241. tion in the Gener   al Information section of this chapter      Hydraulic System    Page 4     44    IMPORTANT  Use only hydraulic fluids specified in  Operator s Manual  Other fluids may cause system  damage  Use of biodegradable hydraulic fluid in  Groundsmaster 7200 and 7210 machines is not rec   ommended     8  Fill hydraulic tank with new hydraulic fluid     9  Disconnect wire harness connector from engine fuel  stop solenoid to prevent the engine from starting  Make  sure traction levers and lift control lever are in the neu   tral position     10 Turn ignition key switch to START and engage start   er for ten  10  seconds to prime the transmission and  gear pump  Repeat this step again     11 Connect wire harness electrical connector to fuel  stop solenoid     12 Start engine and let it run at low idle speed  1500 to  1650 RPM  for a minimum of 2 minutes  Increase engine  speed to high idle  3200 to 3250 RPM  for a minimum  of 1 minute under no load     13 Raise and lower cutting deck  or implement  several  times     14 Shut off engine and check for hydraulic oil leaks   Check oil level in hydraulic tank and add correct amount  of oil if necessary     15 Operate the machine for 2 hours under normal oper   ating conditions     16 Check condition of hydraulic oil  If the new fluid  shows any signs of contamination  repeat steps 1  through 15 again until oil is clean     17 Assume normal operation and follow recommended  maintenance intervals     Groundsmaster 7200 7210 
242. tion torque  see Using a Torque  Wrench with an Offset Wrench in the Torque Specifica   tions section of Chapter 2     Product Records and Main   tenance      5  Ifa torque wrench is not available or if space at the  swivel nut prevents use of a torque wrench  an alternate  method of assembly is the Flats From Wrench Resist   ance  F F W R   method  Fig  2      A  Using a wrench  tighten the swivel nut onto the fit   ting until light wrench resistance is reached  approxi   mately 30 in   b      B  Mark the swivel nut and fitting body  Hold the  hose tube with a wrench to prevent it from turning     Fitting Dash Size       Hose Tube Side Thread Size    C  Use a second wrench to tighten the nut to the cor   rect Flats From Wrench Resistance  F F W R    The  markings on the nut and fitting body will verify that the  connection has been properly tightened     Size F F W R   4  1 4 in  nominal hose or tubing  1 2 to 3 4  6  3 8 in   1 2 to 3 4  8  1 2 in   1 2 to 3 4  10  5 8 in   1 2 to 3 4  12  3 4 in   1 3 to 1 2  16  1 in   1 8 to 1 2    Tube or Hose       Figure 1    Mark Nut Final  and Bedv s Position  Initial  Position    Extend Line    AT WRENCH RESISTANCE AFTER TIGHTENING    Figure 2    Installation Torque                9 16     18 18 to 22 ft lb  25 to 29 N m   11 16     16 27 to 33 ft lb  37 to 44 N m   13 16     16 37 to 47 ft lb  51 to 63 N m   1    14 60 to 74 ft Ib  82 to 100 N m   13 16     12 85 to 105 ft lb  116 to 142 N m   1 7 6     12 110 to 136 ft lb  150 to
243. top of cutting deck    4  Loosen jam nuts  item 22  that secure idler stop bolt   item 21  to cutting deck to allow clearance between  idler and stop bolt  Remove drive belt from deck pulleys     5  Insert nut driver or small piece of pipe onto the end  of the torsion spring for the idler arm     Be careful when removing tension from the idler  arm torsion spring  The spring is under heavy  load and may cause personal injury        6  Carefully push the torsion spring end down and away  from the idler arm to unhook the spring from the arm     7  Remove snap ring that retains idler arm assembly to  cutting deck     8  Remove idler components as needed using Figure  4 as a guide     Installation  Fig  4     1  Install removed idler components using Figure 4 as  a guide  Secure idler arm assembly to cutting deck with  snap ring     2  Insert nut driver or small piece of pipe onto the end  of the torsion spring for the idler arm     Be careful when applying tension to the idler arm  torsion spring  The spring is under heavy load  and may cause personal injury        3  Carefully push down on the torsion spring end to get  the spring under the idler arm mounting plate  Then re   lease the spring slowly to lock it into place     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 7 9    4  Install drive belt to pulleys     5  If idler arm on right side of cutting deck was removed   check that clearance between idler arm and stop bolt is  from 0 100    to 0 160     2 5 to 4 0 mm   Fig  5   If neces 
244. ts    Chapter 1     Safety    General Safety Instructions                    1 1  Jacking Instructions                           1 4    Chapter 2     Product Records and Maintenance    Product Records                             2 1  Maintenance                                 2 1  Equivalents and Conversions                  2 2  Torque Specifications                         2 3    Chapter 3   Kubota Diesel Engine    Specifications                                3 2  General Information                          3 4  Adjustments  a PAG NG NAL 3 5  Service and Repairs                          3 6    KUBOTA WORKSHOP MANUAL  DIESEL ENGINE   05 SERIES    Chapter 4   Hydraulic System    Specifications                                4 2  General Information                          4 3  Hydraulic Schematics                         4 9  Hydraulic Flow Diagrams                     4 10  Special Tools                               4 18  Troubleshooting                             4 20  TOM io a 4 24  Service and Repairs                         4 43    PARKER TORQMOTOR    SERVICE PROCEDURE   TC  TB  TE  TJ  TF  TG  TH AND TL SERIES     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Chapter 5   Electrical System    Electrical Schematics and Diagrams  Special Tools            o     Troubleshooting                               Electrical System Quick Checks                 Component Testing                           Service and Repairs                            Chapter 6   Chassis    Specifications        
245. tting performance     6  Height   of   cut  Adjust deck as specified in the Operator s Manual   Effective  actual  height of   cut will be different than  the bench set height  of cut     7  Cutting deck alignment and ground following  Check lift arms for wear  damage or binding  Also   inspect for bent or damaged pivot shafts     8  Anti scalp roller condition  All anti scalp rollers should rotate freely  Replace  rollers or roller shafts if worn or damaged     9  Grass conditions  Mow when grass is dry for best cutting results  Also   remove only 1     2 5 cm  or 1 3 of the grass blade when  cutting        Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 7  3 Cutting Deck    This page is intentionally blank     Cutting Deck Page 7  4 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Service and Repairs    Do not start the engine and engage the PTO  switch when the PTO drive shaft is discon   nected from the cutting deck  or implement   If    the engine is started and the PTO shaft is al   lowed to rotate  serious personal injury and  machine damage could result  If the PTO drive  shaft is disconnected from the cutting deck  or  implement   remove fuse F1  15 amp  from fuse  block to prevent unintentional engagement of  the PTO clutch     Blade Stopping Time    The blades of the cutting deck should come to a com   plete stop in less than seven  7  seconds after the PTO  switch is disengaged     NOTE  When checking blade stopping time  make sure  the deck is lowered onto a clean section of turf or hard  surface to avo
246. uction port is facing up     3  Position gear pump to the transmission and secure  with two  2  cap screws and lock washers     4  Move hydraulic tank toward rear of machine to its  proper position and secure with reservoir support  see  Hydraulic Tank Installation in this section      5  Install parking brake handle to machine  see Parking  Brake Assembly in the Service and Repairs section of  Chapter 6     Chassis   Make sure that parking brake  switch operation is correct after brake handle is  installed     6  Remove plugs that were installed to hydraulic hoses  and fittings during the removal procedure  Attach hy   draulic hoses to fittings on gear pump and hydraulic tank  using labels placed during removal  see Hydraulic Hose  and Tube Installation in the General Information section  of this chapter      7  Fill hydraulic tank with new hydraulic oil     8  Install operator seat and seat base  see Operator  Seat Installation in the Service and Repair section of  Chapter 6     Chassis                                                                                                                                                                                                            Figure 95  1  Hydraulic tank 4  RH wheel motor  2  Transmission 5  LH wheel motor    3  Gear pump    2  3      L3   cs   gt     lt         Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4 79 Hydraulic System    Gear Pump Service    220 in lb     25 N m               g    220 in lb   25 N m        Figure 96  1 
247. ulic System    2         L3   cs   gt     lt         Implement Relief Pressure Test  Using Pressure Gauge              91012    Hs             LU                                                                                                                    q 972  ISd 0007    SINIYA 331138    INVA    NIHSNT4                                                            INVA  SSVdA8    du VMyOW                                                                               PRESSURE  GAUGE       INVA  SNIHSN14      VIE    vic                                                    m     H                      INA  SSVdA8    QquvwHuod    A              eq 972  ISd 000     SINIYA 331138             a     LHS   2  O1    OF 0  SS  OLOW       TH3HM H7    01    04 00     HOLOW    Cay THSHMHH    Figure 21    Page 4   36 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic System    The Implement Relief Pressure Test should be per   formed if a cutting deck  or implement  raise and lower  problem is identified  This test will determine if the imple   ment relief valve is operating correctly     Procedure for Implement Relief Pressure Test        1  Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem   perature     2  Make sure that traction drive is correctly adjusted for  the neutral position     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        3  Park machine 
248. undsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic Schematic           With Polar Trac     and Rear Attach Lift Kit Installed     All solenoids are _  shown as de   energized     Page 8 6                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              PTO pressure    test port                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ATTACHMENT KALAN TRAC KIT  SWING  OPT   GILINDER REPLACES STANDARD DEDOS   OPT   DECK LIFT VALVE IN  WINTER  CONFIGURATION  P  KOMEN                A  D  C REAR  HYDRAULIC  POWERED  REAR ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT  Ko PB T LIFT CYLINDER  OPT   OPT   3 4   16 UNF   Port RELIEF VALVES TR    NES 4000 PSI  276 bar                FORWARD Hl   Ins  REAR  PORT     Q Q Q  BYPASS X feral 6      Go VALVE   HI  lt  5 R m  FRONT M2  PORT 2    O X    CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT      L E KATE O   NG  FLUSHING 18 KITE  3 4   16 UNF   PORT VALVE a  Pomi 22  PORT  3 4   16 UNF       uy 99 TT             FORWARD   Ca       PRESSURE VALVE sv   FRONT   M L   l   TEST PORT ave  oC PRESSURE VALVE  G ee x ru   S  CHARGE RELIEF    313530 psi M LII sy  ay  N 86415 psi aes Gg  REAR Ful  PORT L 
249. undsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     91    Assembly  Fig  105     IMPORTANT  Do not wipe control valve parts with  dry paper towels or rags  Lint may cause damage to  the hydraulic system        CAUTION       Use eye protection such as goggles when using  compressed air     1  Clean all metal parts with solvent and blow dry with  compressed air     2  Replace check poppet  item 1   O rings and back   up washers with new ones     3  Install new O rings  item 12  into the valve body     4  If a spool was disassembled  install washer  item  14   spool spring  item 16   spacer  item 3  and retaining  ring  item 13  to the spool     5  Slide bushings  item 8  and new O rings  item 12   over the spools     6  Lubricate spools liberally with clean hydraulic fluid  and carefully install into their proper bore     7  Install spool caps  item 10  into valve body  Torque  caps from 20 to 25 ft Ib  27 to 33 N m      8  Lubricate both plungers  items 2 and 21  liberally  with clean hydraulic fluid and install into their proper  bore     9  Install new O rings  seats  item 5   check poppet   item 1  and check spring  item 9  into the plunger bores     10 Install O   rings  back up washers and seat retaining  plugs  items 7 and 15  into their plunger bores  Torque  plugs from 30 to 35 ft lb  41 to 47 N m      11 Install new O ring  back up washer and solid plug   item 6  into the bore with the detent plunger  Torque  plug from 30 to 35 ft Ib  41 to 47 N   m      12 Lubricate detent plunger  i
250. ure seals and back   up rings fit in grooves  machined into bearing blocks  O rings fit in grooves ma   chined in the pump body     8  Carefully remove and discard O rings  pressure  seals and back up rings from pump body and bearing  blocks  Do not cause any damage to the machined  grooves during the removal process     9  Turn front plate over  with seal side up and remove  the retaining ring     IMPORTANT  Make sure to not damage the counter  bore when removing the shaft seal from the front  plate     10 Carefully remove shaft seal from the front plate     11 If necessary  remove implement relief valve from  back plate  Remove and discard sealing washers     Inspection    4h  caution    Use eye protection such as goggles when using  compressed air        1  Clean all pump parts with solvent  Dry all parts with  compressed air     2  Inspect drive gear  idler gear and bearing blocks for  the following  If damage is found  pump replacement is  necessary     A  Gear shafts should be free of rough surfaces and  excessive wear at bushing points and sealing areas   Scoring  rough surfaces or wear on gear shafts indi   cates need for replacement     B  Gear teeth should be free of excessive scoring  and wear  Any broken or nicked gear teeth must be  replaced     C  Inspect gear face edge for sharpness  Sharp  edges of gears will mill into bearing blocks and  thus   must be replaced     Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 4     81    D  Bearing areas of bearing blocks should not have 
251. ver 3  Piston  2  Collar    10 Remove two  2  hex plugs from pump body  Remove  and discard O rings from plugs     11  Remove four  4  socket head plugs from pump body        Figure 44  1  Hex plug  2 used  2  Socket plug  4 used     Hydraulic System Page 4     58 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    12  Remove three  3  shorter  45 mm  and two  2  longer   95 mm  flange head screws that secure pump body to  center case  Remove pump body from center case        Figure 45    1  Pump body 2  Center case    13 Remove two  2  pins that locate pump body  Remove  and discard O   rings     2     NY        cs   gt    lt         Figure 46  2  Pump body    14 Slide outer and inner charge pump rotors from RH  pump shaft  Remove key from keyslot in pump shaft        Figure 47  3  Inner pump rotor    1  RH pump shaft  2  Outer pump rotor    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4     59 Hydraulic System    15 Remove eight  8  socket head screws that secure  center case to transmission pump housing     16 Carefully remove center case assembly from trans   mission pump housing     17 Remove two  2  pins from transmission pump hous   ing bores  Remove and discard gasket     18 Remove bypass valves from center case  Remove  and discard O rings and backup rings from bypass  valves     IMPORTANT  The forward and reverse relief car   tridges are different  Label the relief cartridges for  assembly purposes     19 Remove forward and reverse relief valve cartridges  from center case noting relief cartridge location 
252. ving or disassembling any hydraulic components   Make sure hydraulic components  hoses  connections  and fittings are cleaned thoroughly  Always keep in mind  the need for cleanliness when working on hydraulic  components     3  Put labels on disconnected hydraulic lines and  hoses for proper installation after repairs are completed     4  Note the position of hydraulic fittings  especially el   bow fittings  on hydraulic components before removal   Mark parts if necessary to make sure they will be aligned  properly when reinstalling hydraulic fittings  hoses and  tubes     Before disconnecting or performing any work on  the hydraulic system  all pressure in the system  must be relieved  See Relieving Hydraulic System  Pressure in the General Information section        5  Hydraulic oil may be hot  Be careful when loosening  and removing hydraulic system components     Check Hydraulic Lines and Hoses    Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks  or nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high  pressure  Use paper or cardboard  not hands  to    search for leaks  Hydraulic fluid escaping under  pressure can have sufficient force to penetrate  the skin and cause serious injury  If fluid is in   jected into the skin  it must be surgically re   moved within a few hours by a doctor familiar  with this type of injury  Gangrene may result from  such an injury     Groundsmaster 7200 7210       Page 4   43    6  Put clean caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines  hy   draulic fittings a
253. wHOd               OW    Ca  OH3HM HB                    req 912         ISd 000             Figure 26    Page 4   40 Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Hydraulic System    The Lift Cylinder Internal Leakage Test should be per   formed if a cutting deck  or implement  raise and lower  problem is identified  This test will determine if the lift cyl   inder is faulty     NOTE  Raise lower circuit operation will be affected by  lift cylinder binding  extra weight on the cutting deck  or  implement  and or binding of lift components  Make  sure that these items are checked before proceeding  with the lift cylinder internal leakage test     Procedure for Lift Cylinder Internal Leakage Test        1  Park machine on a level surface with the PTO switch  OFF  Position the cutting deck  or implement  in a par   tially raised position and turn the engine off  Apply the  parking brake     2  Under both sides of the cutting deck  or implement    use a jack to raise the cutting deck  or implement  slight   ly  This will remove the load from the lift cylinder and re   lieve lift cylinder hydraulic pressure  Support both sides  of the cutting deck  or implement  with jack stands to  prevent the lift cylinder from retracting     3  Thoroughly clean the area around the hydraulic hose  end at the barrel end of the lift cylinder  Disconnect the  hydraulic hose from the lift cylinder barrel end fitting   Fig  27      IMPORTANT  When capping the lift cylinder fitting  and hydraulic hose end  use a steel 
254. washer  washer  O ring  solenoid  coil and O ring from solenoid valve stem  For assembly  purposes  note that    KANZAKI    molded into the coil has  the  I  nearest the nut location as coil direction is impor   tant for proper solenoid operation     3  Remove solenoid valve stem from transmission  pump body     4  Remove pin from spool  Remove spool  sleeve and  solenoid valve spring from transmission pump body  For  assembly purposes  note that step in spool is toward  spring location and that sleeve is installed so that holes  are closest to the spring location as well        Figure 40    4  Spool  5  Sleeve    1  Solenoid coil  2  Solenoid valve stem  3  Pin    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 Page 4   57 Hydraulic System    5  Remove filter bypass plug  spring and valve from  transmission pump body  Remove and discard O ring  from plug        Figure 41  1  Filter bypass plug 2  Bypass valve    6  Remove pressure valve plug  spring and valve from  transmission pump body  Remove and discard O ring  from plug     7  Remove charge relief plug  spring and valve from  transmission pump body  Remove and discard O ring  from plug        Figure 42  1  Pressure valve plug 2  Charge relief plug    8  Remove two  2  bolts that secure accumulator cover  to transmission pump body     9  Remove cover  gasket  collar  spring and piston from  pump body  For assembly purposes  note that hole in  collar is toward the outside of the pump body  Discard  gasket           Figure 43    1  Accumulator co
255. wire har   ness  Check brake switch operation     Electrical System       Page 5  16       Figure 17    1  Front panel 2  Washer head screw       Figure 18    1  Brake lever assembly 2  Brake switch    0 015    TO 0 045      0 4 to 1 0 mm     DISTANCE  BETWEEN TAB    AND SWITCH  BODY WITH  BRAKE APPLIED    Figure 19    1  Brake shaft tab 3  Screw    2  Parking brake switch    Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Standard Control Module    Groundsmaster 7200 7210 machines are equipped with  a Standard Control Module  SCM  to monitor and con   trol electrical components required for safe operation   The SCM is attached to the control panel cover  Fig  20      Inputs from the ignition  neutral  parking brake  PTO   seat  high temperature warning switch and high temper   ature shutdown switch are monitored by the SCM  Cur   rent output to the PTO  engine starter motor and engine  run components  fuel pump and engine run solenoid   are controlled based on the inputs monitored by the  SCM     The SCM can be used to check operation of machine  switches by monitoring the SCM LEDs  If a SCM LED  does not illuminate  e g  the In Seat input LED does not  illuminate when the seat is occupied and the ignition  switch is in the ON position   testing of the switch  fuses  and circuit wiring would be required     The SCM does not connect to an external computer or  hand held device  can not be re programmed and does  not record intermittent fault data     SCM Inputs  Fig  21     The Power input LED sh
256. witch from engine   Do not open radiator cap or drain coolant if the  radiator or engine is hot  Pressurized  hot cool   ant can escape and cause burns        2  Lower the coolant level in the engine and remove the  high temperature shutdown switch from the engine     3  Put the end of the switch in a container of oil with a  thermometer and slowly heat the oil  Fig  30      Handle the hot oil with extreme care to prevent  personal injury or fire        4  Check resistance of the switch with a multimeter   ohms setting  as the oil temperature increases  The  high temperature shutdown switch is normally open and  should close from 234   to 244  F  112   to 118  C      Groundsmaster 7200 7210    Page 5     23    5  Replace shutdown switch if specifications are not  met     6  After testing is complete  install shutdown switch to  the engine housing     A  Clean threads of housing and switch thoroughly   Apply thread sealant to the threads of the switch     B  Thread switch into the housing  Torque switch  from 22 to 28 ft lb  29 4 to 39 2 N m      C  Reconnect harness wire to shutdown switch     7  Fill engine cooling system     8  Lower and secure hood        Figure 29  1  High temperature shutdown switch                Figure 30    Electrical System    E  2     o  2  Lu    g  2   D   E   7         Dual Temperature Switch  Polar Trac    Machines     On machines equipped with Polar Trac     the dual tem   perature switch includes two normally open circuits  used to monitor engi
257. y position radiator to the radiator frame     3  Secure radiator to the radiator frame with four  4  cap  screws and flange nuts     4  Carefully position fan shroud to radiator taking care  to not damage fan  Secure fan shroud to the radiator  with four  4  screws and flat washers     5  Make sure that equal clearance exists at all points  between fan shroud and fan     A  To move fan shroud left or right  adjust location of  radiator in radiator frame     B  To move fan shroud up or down  adjust location of  shroud on radiator     6  Connect following hoses to the radiator   A  Upper radiator hose to the water pump   B  Lower radiator hose to the engine block   C  Coolant hose to the expansion tank   D  Air inlet hose to the air cleaner assembly     7  Apply thread sealant to threads of radiator plug  item  12   Install plug into radiator opening     8  Check that no gaps exist between radiator  radiator  frame and machine frame  If necessary  seal gaps with  silicone caulk     9  Fill radiator with coolant  Make sure that expansion  tank coolant level is correct     10 Close and latch hood     Kubota Diesel Engine    E      s3  Su  a    o    lt  Y  2  a        25 7 N m   Loctite  271    50 to 60 ft Ib   68 to 81 N m        21 39 18 20   Figure 9  1  Flywheel coupling 16  Fuel hose  supply  30  Snubbing washer  2 used   2  Cap screw  6 used  17  Hose clamp 31  Cap screw  2 used   3  Cap screw 18  Elbow fitting  2 used  32  Lock washer  4  Muffler bracket 19  Flange head scr
258. ydraulic tank is full  Add correct oil if nec   essary        Figure 100  3  Cap screw    1  Lift control valve  2  Lift lever valve link    Hydraulic System    2g  5   EZ  35  Ro       Lift Control Valve Service    10 to 15 ft lb     24 to 27 Nom  Opa    Loctite  242    35 to 40 ft lb   47 to 54 N m     18 to 20 ft lb   24 to 27 N m     Loctite 4242 35 to 40 ft   Ib     47 to 54 N m     24 to 36 in Ib   2 7 to 4 1 N   m   Loctite 4242                Figure 101  1  Detent ball 9  Plug 17  Spring  2  Spring 10  Poppet stop 18  O ring  3  Gasket 11  Poppet 19  Detent plunger  4  O ring 12  End cap 20  Spring  5  Screw 13  Spacer 21  O ring  6  Washer 14  Adapter plug 22  Lockout seat  7  Screw and lock washer  2 used  15  O ring 23  O ring  8  Spool 16  Detent plug    Disassembly  Fig  101     1  Plug all ports and clean the outside of control valve  thoroughly     2  Remove two  2  screws with lock washers  item 7   that secure end cap  item 12  to control valve  Remove  end cap     3  Retain spool to prevent it from turning  Remove  screw  item 5   spacer  item 13   spring  item 20  and  washer  item 6  from control valve     4  Carefully slide spool  item 8  from housing bore     Hydraulic System    Page 4   86    5  Carefully remove O rings  item 4  from spool bore   Take care to not damage spool bore or O ring cavities  during O ring removal     6  Remove detent plug  item 16   O ring  item 18    spring  item 17  and detent ball  item 1      7  Remove plug  item 9  with O 
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Póliza de Garantía - Intcomex Chile    Pelican 02740-0100-120  16CH 960H Real-Time Video Recorder    "取扱説明書"  Prévention du gaspillage et des pertes des produits de grande  取扱説明書 - Kikusui Electronics Corp.        Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file